Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Specialty Retail / iMedia Brands

iMedia Brands

imbi · NASDAQ Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker imbi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · iMedia Brands
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________________________
Form 10-K

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

For the transition period from          to

Commission file number 001-37495
____________________________________________

Minnesota
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

41-1673770
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

iMedia Brands, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

6740 Shady Oak Road, Eden Prairie, MN 55344-3433
(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code)

952-943-6000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Title of each class

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Trading Symbol(s)

IMBI

Name of each exchange on which registered

The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐     No ☑
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐    No ☑ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter

period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑     No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☑     No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of

"large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☑

Smaller reporting company ☑
Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided

pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of

the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐     No ☑
As of April 16, 2021, 16,311,236 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on July 31, 2020, the last
business  day  of  the  registrant’s  most  recently  completed  second  quarter,  based  upon  the  closing  sale  price  for  the  registrant’s  common  stock  as  reported  by  the  Nasdaq  Capital  Market  on  July  31,  2020  was
approximately $32,284,000. For purposes of determining such aggregate market value, all officers and directors of the registrant are considered to be affiliates of the registrant, as well as shareholders deemed to be
affiliates under Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act either by holding 10% or more of the outstanding common stock as reported in reports filed with the Commission or by having certain contractual relationships with
the registrant related to control. This number is provided only for the purpose of this annual report on Form 10-K and does not represent an admission by either the registrant or any such person as to the status of
such person.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the close of its fiscal year ended

January 30, 2021 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended

January 30, 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities

PART II

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

PART III

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

PART IV

2

Page

4

12

23

24

24

24

25

26

26

40

41

79

79

79

80

80

81

81

81

82

87

88

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report on Form 10-K and other materials we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (as
well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by us) contain certain “forward-
looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any statements contained herein
that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact,  including  statements  regarding  guidance,  industry  prospects  or  future  results  of
operations or financial position are forward-looking. We often use words such as "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects,"
"intends,"  "predicts,"  "hopes,"  "should,"  "plans,"  "will"  and  similar  expressions  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  These
statements  are  based  on  management’s  current  expectations  and  accordingly  are  subject  to  uncertainty  and  changes  in
circumstances. Actual results may vary materially from the expectations contained herein due to various important factors, many
of which are, and will continue  to be, amplified  by the COVID-19 pandemic,  including  (but not limited  to): the impact of the
COVID-19  pandemic  on  our  sales,  operations  and  supply  chain,  variability  in  consumer  preferences,  shopping  behaviors,
spending and debt levels; the general economic and credit environment; interest rates; seasonal variations in consumer purchasing
activities; the ability to achieve the most effective product category mixes to maximize sales and margin objectives; competitive
pressures  on  sales  and  sales  promotions;  pricing  and  gross  sales  margins;  the  level  of  cable  and  satellite  distribution  for  our
programming and the associated fees or estimated cost savings from contract renegotiations; our ability to establish and maintain
acceptable commercial terms with third-party vendors and other third parties with whom we have contractual relationships, and
to successfully manage key vendor and shipping relationships and develop key partnerships and proprietary and exclusive brands;
our ability to manage our operating expenses successfully and our working capital levels; our ability to remain compliant with
our credit facility covenants; customer acceptance of our branding strategy and our repositioning as a video commerce company;
our  ability  to  respond  to  changes  in  consumer  shopping  patterns  and  preferences,  and  changes  in  technology  and  consumer
viewing  patterns;  changes  to  our  management  and  information  systems  infrastructure;  challenges  to  our  data  and  information
security;  changes  in  governmental  or  regulatory  requirements,  including  without  limitation,  regulations  of  the  Federal
Communications  Commission  ("FCC")  and  Federal  Trade  Commission,  and  adverse  outcomes  from  regulatory  proceedings;
litigation or governmental proceedings affecting our operations; significant events (including disasters, weather events or events
attracting significant television coverage) that either cause an interruption of television coverage or that divert viewership from
our programming; disruptions in our distribution of our network broadcast to our customers; our ability to protect our intellectual
property  rights;  our  ability  to  obtain  and  retain  key  executives  and  employees;  our  ability  to  attract  new  customers  and  retain
existing customers; changes in shipping costs; expenses relating to the actions of activist or hostile shareholders; our ability to
offer  new  or  innovative  products  and  customer  acceptance  of  the  same;  changes  in  customer  viewing  habits  of  television
programming; and the risks identified under Item 1A (Risk Factors) in this annual report on Form 10-K. You are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this filing. We are under no obligation
(and  expressly  disclaim  any  such  obligation)  to  update  or  alter  our  forward-looking  statements  whether  as  a  result  of  new
information, future events or otherwise.

3

Table of Contents

Item 1. Business

PART I

When we refer to "we," "our," "us" or the "Company," we mean iMedia Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context
indicates otherwise. iMedia Brands, Inc. is a Minnesota corporation with principal and executive offices located at 6740 Shady
Oak Road, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344-3433.

The  Company’s  fiscal  year  ends  on  the  Saturday  nearest  to  January  31  and  results  in  either  a  52-week  or  53-week
fiscal year. Our most recently completed fiscal year, fiscal 2020, ended on January 30, 2021, and consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal
2019 ended on February 1, 2020 and consisted of 52 weeks.  Fiscal 2018 ended on February 2, 2019 and consisted of 52 weeks.
Fiscal 2021 will end on January 29, 2022 and will consist of 52 weeks.

On July 16, 2019 we changed our corporate name to iMedia Brands, Inc. from EVINE Live Inc.

General

We  are  a  leading  interactive  media  company  that  owns  a  growing  portfolio  of  lifestyle  television  networks,  consumer
brands and media commerce services. Our television brands are ShopHQ, ShopBulldogTV and ShopHQHealth. ShopHQ is our
nationally distributed shopping entertainment network that offers a mix of proprietary, exclusive and name-brand merchandise in
the  categories  of  jewelry  &  watches,  home  &  consumer  electronics,  beauty  &  wellness,  and  fashion  &  accessories  directly  to
consumers 24 hours a day in an engaging and informative shopping experience. ShopBulldogTV, which launched in the fourth
quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  is  a  niche  television  shopping  entertainment  network  that  is  geared  toward  male  consumers.
ShopHQHealth,  which  launched  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  is  a  health  and  wellness  focused  television  shopping
entertainment network that offers a robust assortment of products and services dedicated to addressing the physical, spiritual and
mental  health  needs  of  its  customers  and  their  families.  Our  television  shopping  entertainment  programming  is  currently
distributed  in  more  than  80  million  homes  through  cable  and  satellite  distribution  agreements,
 agreements  with
telecommunications companies and arrangements with over-the-air broadcast television stations. It is also streamed live online at
shophq.com, shopbulldogtv.com and shophqhealth.com, which are comprehensive digital commerce platforms that sell products
which appear on our television shopping entertainment networks as well as an extended assortment of online-only merchandise.
Our programming is also available on mobile channels and over-the-top ("OTT") platforms. Both our programming and products
are also marketed via mobile devices, including smartphones and tablets, and through the leading social media channels.

Our  consumer  brands  include  Christopher  &  Banks,  J.W.  Hulme  Company  ("J.W.  Hulme"),  Learning  to  Cook  with
Shaquille  O’Neal,  Kate  &  Mallory,  Live  Fit  MD,  and  Indigo  Thread  Co.  The  Christopher  &  Banks  brand  was  acquired
subsequent  to  the  end  of  fiscal  2020  on  March  1,  2021  through  a  licensing  agreement  with  ReStore  Capital,  a  Hilco  Global
company, whereby we will operate the Christopher & Banks business, a specialty retailer of privately branded women's apparel
and  accessories,  throughout  all  sales  channels,  including  digital,  television,  catalog,  and  brick  and  mortar  retail.  We  plan  to
launch  a  new  weekly  Christopher  &  Banks  television  program  on  our  ShopHQ  network,  which  will  also  promote  the  brand’s
website,  cristopherandbanks.com,  its  only  two  retail  stores  in  Coon  Rapids,  Minnesota,  and  Branson,  Missouri,  and  planned
launch of Christopher & Banks Stylists, an online interactive video platform that customizes wardrobe outfitting by a Christopher
& Banks stylist.

Our Media Commerce Services brands are Float Left Interactive, Inc. ("Float Left") and third-party logistics business, i3PL.

Media Commerce Services offers creative and interactive advertising, OTT app services and third-party logistics.

Our  online  marketplaces  include  OurGalleria.com  and  TheCloseout.com.  OurGalleria.com  is  a  higher-end  online
marketplace  for  discounted  merchandise,  offering  an  exciting  shopping  experience  with  a  selection  of  curated  flash  sales  and
events. TheCloseout.com is an online retail store offering quality products at deeply discounted prices. We obtained a controlling
interest in TheCloseout.com subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020 on February 5, 2021.

Interactive Video and Digital Commerce Retailing

The primary  distribution  platform  of our interactive  video and digital  commerce  retail  business is our 24-hour television
shopping  network,  ShopHQ,  which  is  the  third  largest  television  shopping  network  in  the  United  States.  Our  comprehensive
online ShopHQ website complements our network with a combination of products featured on TV as well

4

Table of Contents

as a strong collection of online-only products. Consolidated net sales, including shipping and handling revenues, totaled $454.2
million, $501.8 million and $596.6 million for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. We offer several convenient methods for a
customer  to  purchase  items,  including  our  toll-free  telephone  number,  directly  online,  or  using  mobile  devices.  Our  television
programming is primarily produced at our Eden Prairie, Minnesota headquarters facility. We also produce programming remotely
on-location  during  special  events.  The  programming  is  transmitted  nationally  via  satellite  to  cable  system  operators,  direct-to-
home satellite providers, broadcast television station operators and OTT platforms.

ShopHQ Products and Product Mix

We  have  two  reporting  segments:  ShopHQ  and  Emerging.  Our  ShopHQ  segment  includes  products  sold  on  our  digital
commerce platforms, including jewelry & watches, home & consumer electronics, beauty & wellness, and fashion & accessories.
Historically jewelry & watches has been our largest merchandise category. While changes in our product mix have occurred as a
result  of  customer  demand  and  other  factors  including  our  efforts  to  diversify  our  offerings  within  our  major  merchandise
categories, jewelry & watches remained our largest merchandise category during fiscal 2020. We are focused on diversifying our
merchandise assortment within our existing product categories as well as by offering potential new product categories, including
proprietary, exclusive and name-brands, in an effort to increase revenues, gross profits and to grow our new and active customer
base.  The  following  table  shows  our  ShopHQ  segment  merchandise  mix  as  a  percentage  of  total  digital  commerce  net
merchandise sales for the periods indicated by product category group.

Net Merchandise Sales by Category
Jewelry & Watches
Home & Consumer Electronics
Beauty & Wellness
Fashion & Accessories

    Fiscal 2020     Fiscal 2019     Fiscal 2018 

 41 %  
 16 %  
 32 %  
 11 %  

 44 %  
 23 %  
 18 %  
 15 %  

 38 %
 25 %
 19 %
 18 %

Jewelry & Watches. We feature a broad assortment of jewelry from fine to fashion, silver to gold, genuine gemstones to
simulated diamonds. In addition, we offer an extensive collection of men’s and women’s watches from classic to modern designs.

Home  &  Consumer  Electronics.  We  feature  home  décor,  cookware,  kitchen  electrics,  tabletop  accessories  and  home
furnishings.  Our  consumer  electronics  category  offers  current  technology  trends  and  solutions  from  some  of  the  world’s  most
recognized brands.

Beauty  &  Wellness.  Our  assortment  features  a  variety  of  skincare,  cosmetics,  hair  care  and  bath  &  body  products  in

addition to supplements and light fitness equipment.

Fashion  &  Accessories.  We  offer  fashionable  looks  that  strike  a  balance  between  current  trends  and  essentials  with  an

assortment of apparel, outerwear, intimates, handbags, accessories and footwear.

Emerging

Our  Emerging  reportable  segment  consists  of  our  developing  business  models.  This  segment  includes  the  Company’s
Media  Commerce  Services,  which  includes  creative  and  interactive  advertising,  OTT  app  services  (Float  Left)  and  third-party
logistics services (i3PL). Float Left is a business comprised of connected TVs, video-based content, application development and
distribution,  including  technical  consulting  services,  software  development  and  maintenance  related  to  video  distribution.  The
Emerging segment also encompasses ShopHQHealth, ShopBulldogTV, J.W. Hulme, and OurGalleria.com. ShopHQHealth is a
health and wellness focused network that offers a robust assortment of products and services dedicated to addressing the physical,
spiritual and mental health needs of its customers. ShopBulldogTV is a niche television shopping network geared towards male
consumers.  J.W.  Hulme  is  a  business  specializing  in  artisan-crafted  leather  products,  including  handbags  and  luggage.  J.W.
Hulme products are distributed primarily through jwhulme.com, retail stores, and programming on ShopHQ.  

Company Strategy

As a leading interactive  media company that owns a growing portfolio of lifestyle television networks, consumer brands

and media commerce services, our core strategy involves developing and growing multiple monetization models,

5

 
 
 
Table of Contents

through TV retailing, e-commerce, advertising and service fees, to drive overall growth in our business. We expect these models
to build upon our core strengths and provide us with an advantage in the marketplace.

Our strategy includes offering our curated assortment of proprietary, exclusive (i.e., products that are not readily available
elsewhere),  emerging  and  name-brand  products.  Our  programming  is  distributed  through  our  video  commerce  infrastructure,
which currently includes television access to more than 80 million homes in the United States, primarily on cable and satellite
systems  as  well  as  over-the-air  broadcast  and  OTT  platforms.  Our  merchandising  plan  is  focused  on  delivering  a  balanced
assortment of profitable products presented in an engaging, entertaining, shopping-centric format using our unique expertise in
storytelling  and  “live  on  location”  broadcasting.  We  are  also  focused  on  growing  our  high  lifetime  value  customer  file  and
growing our revenues, through social, mobile, online, and OTT platforms, as well as leveraging our capacity, system capability
and expertise in distribution and product development to generate new business relationships. We believe these initiatives will
position  us  to  deliver  a  more  engaging  and  enjoyable  customer  experience  with  product  offerings  and  service  that  exceed
customer expectations. On August 21, 2019, we changed the name of the Evine network back to ShopHQ, which was the name of
the network in 2014. We believe ShopHQ is easier to recognize for existing television retailing customers.

Our  growth  strategy  also  includes  building  profitable  niche  interactive  media  networks  and  services,  such  as
ShopBulldogTV, ShopHQHealth and LaVenta. ShopBulldogTV, which launched in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, is an omni-
channel,  television  shopping  brand  that  sells  and  advertises  men's  merchandise  and  services,  and  the  aspirational  lifestyles
associated with its brands and personalities. ShopHQHealth, a new health and wellness television retailing network, launched on
September 1, 2020 in approximately 15 million homes. In addition, in 2021, we expect to launch LaVenta, a new omni-channel,
Spanish  language,  television  shopping  brand  centered  on  the  Latin  culture  to  sell  and  advertise  merchandise,  services  and
personalities,  celebrating  aspirational  lifestyles.  To  grow  our  service  revenue,  we  launched  Media  Commerce  Services,  which
includes  creative  and  interactive  services  and  third-party  logistics  services  (i3PL).  We  plan  to  expand  our  service  offerings  to
provide  a  “one-stop  commerce  services  offering”  targeting  brands  interested  in  propelling  their  growth  using  our  unique
combination of assets in television, web and third-party logistics services. Media Commerce Services includes, Float Left, which
we acquired in fiscal 2019. Float Left is a business comprised of connected TVs, video-based content, application development
and  distribution,  including  technical  consulting  services,  software  development  and  maintenance  related  to  video  distribution.
Our  strategy  is  to  utilize  Float  Left’s  team  and  technology  platform  to  further  grow  our  content  delivery  capabilities  in  OTT
platforms while providing new revenue opportunities.

Our  growth  strategy  also  includes  the  development  of  exclusive  and  innovative  brands,  such  as  our  Shaquille  O’Neal
branded products; J.W. Hulme; and Christopher & Banks. Our Shaquille O’Neal branded products, which include kitchenware,
cookware, and grill products, are promoted through our live broadcast program, “Learning to Cook with Shaq,” on our ShopHQ
and ShopBulldogTV networks and are also distributed in select Target and Sam’s Club stores. The J.W. Hulme brand is artisan-
crafted leather products, including handbags and luggage. We plan to accelerate J.W. Hulme's revenue growth through its own
programming  on  ShopHQ  and  utilizing  J.W.  Hulme  to  craft  private-label  accessories  for  the  Company's  existing  owned  and
operated  fashion  brands.  The  Christopher  &  Banks  brand  is  a  specialty  retailer  of  privately  branded  women's  apparel  and
accessories  and  our  strategy  is  to  leverage  our  interactive  media  and  ecommerce  assets  to  drive  growth  of  the  Christopher  &
Banks products in all sales channels.

Television Program Distribution and Online Operations

Our television programming has continued to be the most significant medium through which we reach our customers, and
we  believe  that  our  television  shopping  programs  have  been  a  key  driver  of  traffic  to  our  website  and  mobile  platforms.  Our
online business represents an important component of our future growth opportunities, and we plan to continue to invest in and
enhance our online-based capabilities and mobile presence. Our digital sales penetration, or, the percentage of net sales that are
generated from our ShopHQ website and mobile platforms, which are primarily ordered directly online, was 50.8%, 52.7% and
53.1%  in  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  Our  mobile  penetration  was  55.5%,  57.3%  and  54.0%  of  total  online  sales
during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018.

Television Shopping Network

Satellite  Delivery  of  Programming.  Our  television  programming  is  presently  distributed  via  a  communications  satellite

transponder to cable systems and direct-to-home satellite providers. We have a satellite lease agreement with our

6

Table of Contents

present  provider  of  satellite  services.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this  agreement,  we  distribute  our  television  programming  via  a
satellite  that  was  launched  in  August  2005  and  is  set  to  expire  in  October  2025.  The  agreement  provides  us,  under  certain
circumstances, with preemptible back-up services if satellite transmission is interrupted.

Television Distribution. We generally operate under distribution agreements with cable operators, direct-to-home satellite
providers  and  telecommunications  companies  to  distribute  our  television  programming  over  their  systems.  The  terms  of  the
distribution agreements typically range from one to five years. During any fiscal year, certain agreements with cable, satellite or
other distributors may or have expired. Under certain circumstances, we or our distributors may cancel the agreements prior to
their expiration. Additionally, we may elect not to renew distribution agreements whose terms result in sub-standard or negative
contribution margins. The distribution agreements generally provide that we will pay each operator a monthly access fee, based
on  the  number  of  homes  receiving  our  programming,  and  in  some  cases  marketing  support  payments.  We  frequently  review
distribution  opportunities  with  cable  system  operators  and  broadcast  stations  providing  for  full-  or  part-time  carriage  of  our
programming.

During fiscal 2020, there were approximately 127 million homes in the United States with at least one television set. Of
those homes, there were approximately 46 million cable television subscribers, approximately 22 million direct-to-home satellite
subscribers  and  approximately  8  million  homes  which  receive  programming  through  telecommunications  companies,  such  as
AT&T and Verizon.

Our 24-hour television shopping network, ShopHQ, which is distributed primarily on cable and satellite systems, currently

reaches more than 80 million homes, or full time equivalent subscribers.

Television Distribution Rights. During fiscal 2020, we entered into certain affiliation agreements with television providers
for  carriage  of  our  television  programming  over  their  systems,  including  channel  placement  rights.  As  a  result,  we  recorded  a
television distribution rights asset of $43.6 million. The liability relating to the television distribution right was $36.5 million as
of January 30, 2021, of which $29.2 million was classified as current. We believe having favorable channel positioning within the
general entertainment area on the distributor's channel line-up positively impacts our sales. We believe that a portion of our sales
is attributable to purchases resulting from channel "surfing" and that a channel position near popular cable networks increases the
likelihood of such purchases.

Online Presence

Our websites  as well as our mobile  platforms,  provide  customers  with a shop anytime,  anywhere  experience  and offer  a
broad  array  of  consumer  merchandise,  including  all  products  featured  on  our  television  programming  as  well  as  merchandise
found only on our websites. The websites include additional resources, including a live stream of our television programming, an
archive of segments of recent past programming, videos of many individual products that the customer can view on demand, an
online program guide, customer-generated product reviews as well as information about our show hosts and guest personalities.
See “Regulation” below for a discussion of the regulatory environment in which our online presence operates.

Marketing and Merchandising

Television and Online Retailing

Our revenues are  primarily  generated  from sales  of merchandise  offered  through our interactive  digital  platforms,  which
includes  cable  and  satellite  television,  our  websites,  mobile  devices,  social  media  channels  and  OTT platforms.  Our television
shopping  businesses  utilize  live  and  selected  taped  television  programming  24  hours  a  day,  seven  days  a  week,  to  create  an
interactive,  entertaining,  and  engaging  experience  that  brings  our  merchandise  to  life  through  demonstration.  Our  product
strategy is to continue to develop and expand new product offerings across multiple merchandise categories based on customer
demand, as well as to offer competitive pricing and special values in order to drive new customers and maximize margin dollars
per minute. Our core digital commerce customers – those who interact with our ShopHQ network and transact through television,
online  and  mobile  devices  –  are  primarily  women  between  the  ages  of  45  and  70.  We  also  have  a  strong  presence  of  male
customers of a similar age range. We believe our customers make purchases based on our unique products, quality merchandise
and value. We develop our programming schedule with product categories that appeal to specific viewer and customer profiles
targeting days of week and times of day they are most likely to be viewing our network. We feature announced and unannounced
promotions to drive interest and incremental sales, including

7

Table of Contents

"Today’s Top Value," a sales promotion that features a special offer every day. In addition, we also feature major and special
promotional events and inventory-clearance sales during different times of the year.

We  continually  introduce  new  products  that  are  easily  accessible  to  customers  via  our  television,  online  and  mobile
platforms.  Inventory  sources  include  manufacturers,  wholesalers,  distributors  and  importers.  We  intend  to  continue  to  develop
and  promote  proprietary  brands  and  exclusive  products,  which  generally  have  higher  margins  than  widely  sold  merchandise,
across multiple product categories.

ShopHQ Private Label Consumer Credit Card Program

We  have  a  private  label  consumer  credit  card  program  (the  "Program").  The  Program  is  made  available  to  all  qualified
consumers  to  finance  ShopHQ  purchases  and  provides  benefits  including  instant  purchase  credits,  free  or  reduced  shipping
promotions throughout the year and promotional low-interest financing on qualifying purchases. We believe use of the ShopHQ
credit card furthers customer loyalty. We also believe that the card reduces total credit card expense and reduces the Company’s
overall  bad  debt  exposure  since  Synchrony  Financial  ("Synchrony"),  the  issuing  bank  for  the  program,  bears  the  risk  of  non-
payment  on  ShopHQ  credit  card  transactions  except  those  in  our  ValuePay  installment  payment  program.  In  July  2020,  we
extended  the  Program  through  August  2021  by  entering  into  a  Private  Label  Consumer  Credit  Card  Program  Agreement
Amendment with Synchrony. Approximately 19%, 21% and 21% of our customer purchases were paid for using our private label
consumer credit card during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Purchasing Terms

We obtain products for our interactive digital commerce businesses from domestic and foreign manufacturers and/or their
suppliers and are often able to make purchases on more favorable terms due to the volume of products purchased or sold. Some
of  our  purchasing  arrangements  with  our  vendors  include  inventory  terms  that  allow  for  return  privileges  for  a  portion  of  the
order or stock balancing. In January 2020, we extended our standard payment terms with our merchandise vendors to improve
our  working  capital  and  align  with  other  large  national  retailers.  We  generally  do  not  have  long-term  commitments  with  our
vendors,  and  a  variety  of  sources  are  available  for  each  category  of  merchandise  sold.  During  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018,
products purchased from one vendor accounted for approximately 20%, 19% and 14% of our consolidated net sales. During fiscal
2020, products purchased from a second vendor accounted for approximately 14% of our consolidated net sales. Both vendors are
related parties and additional information is contained in Note 19 – “Related Party Transactions” in the notes to our consolidated
financial statements. We believe that we could find alternative products for these vendors’ merchandise assortment if they ceased
supplying merchandise; however, the unanticipated loss of any large supplier could negatively impact our sales and earnings.

Order Entry, Fulfillment and Customer Service

Our products are available for purchase via toll-free telephone numbers, on our websites and through mobile platforms. We
maintain  agreements  with  third  party  service  providers  to  support  us  with  volume  peaks  in  demand  for  telephone  order-entry
operators and automated order-processing services to take customer orders. We receive orders with our own home-based phone
agents, agents at our Bowling Green, Kentucky distribution center, and at our Eden Prairie, Minnesota corporate headquarters.

We  own  an  approximately  600,000  square  foot  distribution  facility  in  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky,  used  primarily  for  the

fulfillment of customer orders for merchandise purchased and sold by us and for certain call center operations.

The majority of customer purchases are paid for by credit or debit cards, including our private label credit card discussed
above. Purchases and installment charges made with the ShopHQ private label credit card are non-recourse to us, however, we
still maintain credit collection risk from the potential inability to collect future ValuePay installments. Our ValuePay program is
an  interest-free  installment  payment  program  which  allows  customers  to  pay  by  credit  card  for  certain  merchandise  in  two  or
more equal monthly installments. The percentage of our net sales in which our customers utilized our ValuePay payment program
over the past three fiscal years ranged from 55% to 67%. We intend to continue to sell merchandise using the ValuePay program
due to its significant promotional value.

We maintain a product inventory, which consists primarily of consumer merchandise held for resale. The product inventory
is valued at the lower of average cost or net realizable value. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, we had inventory
balances of $68.7 million and $78.9 million.

8

Table of Contents

Merchandise  is  shipped  to  customers  by  UPS,  the  United  States  Postal  Service,  Federal  Express  or  other  recognized
carriers. We also have arrangements with certain vendors who drop-ship merchandise directly to our customers after an approved
customer order is processed.

We  perform  our  customer  service  functions  primarily  at  our  Eden  Prairie,  Minnesota  and  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky

facilities, as well as with our own home-based phone agents.

Our standard return policy allows a 30-day refund period from the date of customer receipt for all customer purchases. Our
return rate averaged approximately 15%, 19% and 19% in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. We continue to monitor our
return  rates  in  an  effort  to  keep  our  overall  return  rates  in  line  and  commensurate  with  our  current  product  sales  mix  and  our
average selling price levels.

Competition

The  interactive  digital  commerce  retail  business  is  highly  competitive,  and  we  are  in  direct  competition  with  numerous
retailers, including online retailers, many of whom are larger, better financed and have a broader customer base than we do. In
our  television  shopping  and  digital  commerce  operations,  we  compete  for  customers  with  other  television  shopping  and  e-
commerce  retailers,  infomercial  companies,  other  types  of consumer  retail  businesses,  including  traditional  "brick  and mortar"
department stores, discount stores, warehouse stores and specialty stores, catalog and mail order retailers and other direct sellers.

Our  direct  competitors  within  the  television  shopping  industry  include  QVC,  Inc.  and  HSN,  Inc.,  which  are  owned  by
Qurate Retail Inc. Both QVC, Inc. and HSN, Inc. are substantially larger than we are in terms of annual revenues and customers,
and  the  programming  of  each  is  carried  more  broadly  to  U.S.  households,  including  high-definition  bands  and  multi-channel
carriage, than our programming. Multimedia Commerce Group, Inc., which operates Jewelry Television, also competes with us
for  customers  in  the  jewelry  category.  In  addition,  there  are  a  number  of  smaller  niche  retailers  and  startups  in  the  television
shopping arena who compete with us. We believe that our major competitors leverage their economies of scale to incur cable and
satellite distribution fees representing a significantly lower percentage of their sales attributable to their television programming
than we do, and that their fee arrangements are substantially on a commission basis (in some cases with minimum guarantees)
rather  than on the predominantly  fixed-cost  basis that we currently  have. At our current  sales level, our distribution  costs as a
percentage of total consolidated net sales are higher than those of our competition. However, we have the ability to leverage this
fixed expense with sales growth to accelerate improvement in our profitability.

We  anticipate  continued  competition  for  viewers  and  customers,  for  experienced  television  commerce  and  e-commerce
personnel, for distribution agreements with cable and satellite systems and for vendors and suppliers - not only from television
shopping  companies,  but  also  from  other  companies  that  seek  to  enter  the  television  shopping  and  online  retail  industries,
including  telecommunications  and  cable  companies,  television  networks,  and  other  established  retailers.  We  believe  that  our
ability  to  be  successful  in  the  interactive  digital  commerce  industry  will  be  dependent  on  a  number  of  key  factors,  including
continuing to expand our digital footprint to meet our customers' needs and increasing the lifetime value of our customer base by
a combination of growing the number of customers who purchase products from us and maximizing the dollar value of sales and
profitability per customer.

Regulation

Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by federal and state authorities.

Regulation of Cable Television

The cable television industry is subject to extensive regulation by the FCC. The following does not purport to be a complete
summary of all of the provisions of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended ("Communications Act"), the Cable Television
Consumer  Protection  Act  of  1992,  the  Telecommunications  Act  of  1996  ("Telecommunications  Act"),  or  other  laws  and  FCC
rules  or  policies  that  may  affect  our  operations.  Proposals  for  additional  or  revised  regulations  and  requirements  are  pending
before, are being considered by, and may in the future be considered by, Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to
time. We cannot predict the effect of any existing or proposed federal legislation, regulations or policies on our business.

9

Table of Contents

The cable television industry is also regulated by state and local governments with respect to certain franchising matters.
The  FCC  regulates  the  terms  of  cable  programming  networks  that  are  distributed  by  satellite,  as  ours  is.  Those  regulations
require,  among  other  things,  that  programming  channels  be  provided  to  all  competing  multichannel  video  programming
distributors (“MVPDs”). FCC rules also require that all video programming distributed over MVPDs include captioning for the
hearing-impaired, and that all programs that were originally produced to be viewed over MVPD facilities include captions if they
are subsequently distributed over the internet.

Regulation of our Online Presence

The  FCC  has  required  that  all  full-length  television  programming  redistributed  over  the  internet  is  captioned,  and  also
requires captioning of programming segments distributed over the internet that were shown on television with closed captions.
We  currently  provide  closed  captioning  on  full-length  programming  redistributed  over  the  internet  and  other  programming
segments as required by FCC rules.

Our e-commerce activities are subject to a number of general business regulations and laws regarding taxation and online
commerce.  There  have  been  continuing  efforts  to  increase  the  legal  and  regulatory  obligations  and  restrictions  on  companies
conducting  commerce  through  the  internet,  primarily  in  the  areas  of  taxation,  consumer  privacy  and  protection  of  consumer
personal  information.  A  number  of  states  impose  data  security  requirements  on  companies  that  collect  certain  types  of
information concerning their residents and other states may adopt similar requirements in the future. A patchwork of state laws
imposing differing security requirements depending on the residence of our customers could impose added compliance costs.

We have historically collected sales tax from customers in states where we have physical presence under the principles laid
out under the 1992 United States Supreme Court decision in Quill Corp. v. North Dakota and subsequent related state statutes and
regulations. We have continually monitored our physical presence activities, and have historically registered to collect sales tax
in multiple states and localities as physical activities have expanded. On June 21, 2018, the United States Supreme Court issued
its  decision  in  the  South  Dakota  v.  Wayfair,  Inc.  et  al,  which  overturned  the  Quill  Corp.  v.  North  Dakota  physical  presence
standard  and  allows  state  and  local  taxing  jurisdictions  to  impose  sales  tax  collection  responsibilities  on  remote  sellers  like  us
based  solely  on  making  a  minimum  level  of  sales  into  the  state.  We  are  monitoring  state  legislation  activities  in  the  wake  of
South  Dakota  v.  Wayfair,  Inc.  et  al  that  would  require  us  to  register  to  collect  sales  tax  in  additional  state  and  local  taxing
jurisdictions and believe we have complied with new state sales tax legislation as enacted to date.

There  are  a  number  of  federal  laws  that  limit  our  ability  to  pursue  certain  direct  marketing  activities,  including  the
Telephone Consumer Protection Act, and the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003,
or the CAN-SPAM Act. The statutes govern when and how we may contact consumers through various communication methods,
including email, phone calls, faxes and texts, in some cases requiring consent and in others allowing a consumer to opt out of
certain  communications.  These  types  of  regulation  may  limit  our  ability  to  pursue  certain  direct  marketing  activities,  thus
potentially limiting our sales and number of customers.

Changes in consumer protection laws also may impose additional burdens on those companies conducting business online.
The adoption of additional laws or regulations may decrease the growth of the internet or other online services, which could, in
turn, decrease the demand for our products and services and increase our cost of doing business through the internet.

In  addition,  since  our  ShopHQ  website  is  available  over  the  internet  in  all  states,  various  states  may  claim  that  we  are
required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in such state, a requirement that could result in fees and taxes as well
as penalties for the failure to comply. Any new legislation or regulation, the application of laws and regulations from jurisdictions
whose laws do not currently  apply to our business or the application of existing laws and regulations  to the internet and other
online services could have a material adverse effect on the growth of our business in this area.

Regulation of our Product Marketing

We  offer  our  customers  a  broad  range  of  merchandise  through  television,  online  and  mobile.  The  manner  in  which  we
promote and sell our merchandise, including claims and representations made in connection with these efforts, is regulated by a
wide variety of federal, state and local laws, regulations, rules, policies and procedures. Some examples of

10

Table of Contents

these that affect the manner in which we sell and promote merchandise or otherwise operate our businesses include, but are not
limited to, the following:

●

●

The Food and Drug Administration’s regulations regarding marketing claims that can be made about cosmetic beauty
products and over-the-counter drugs, which include products for treating acne or medical products, and claims that can
be made about food products and dietary supplements;

The Federal Trade Commission’s regulations requiring that marketing claims across all product and service categories
are  truthful,  not  misleading,  and  substantiated,  as  well  as  its  related  regulations  requiring  disclosures  concerning  the
seller’s material connections with or compensation to endorsers and influencers;

● Regulations  related  to  product  safety  issues  and  product  recalls  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  Consumer  Product
Safety  Act,  the  Consumer  Product  Safety  Improvement  Act  of  2008,  the  Federal  Hazardous  Substance  Act,  the
Flammable Fabrics Act and regulations promulgated pursuant to these acts; and

●

Laws  governing  the  collection,  use,  retention,  security  and  transfer  of  personally-identifiable  information  about  our
customers.

These laws, regulations, rules, policies and procedures are subject to change at any time. Unfavorable changes applicable to
us  could  decrease  demand  for  merchandise  offered  by  us,  increase  costs  which  we  may  not  be  able  to  offset,  subject  us  to
additional liabilities and/or otherwise adversely affect our businesses.

Intellectual Property

We regard our intellectual property, including trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, domain names, trade dress,
trade  secrets  and  proprietary  technologies,  as  critical  to  our  success.  We  rely  on  intellectual  property  protections  and  on
confidentiality and/or license agreements with our employees, vendors, partners and others to protect our proprietary rights. We
have registered, or applied for the registration of, a number of U.S. domain names, trademarks and service marks. Our registered
trademarks and service marks are presumed valid in the United States, as long as they are in use, their registrations are properly
maintained,  and  they  have  not  been  found  to  have  become  generic.  Registrations  of  trademarks  and  service  marks  can  also
generally be renewed indefinitely as long as the trademarks and service marks are in use.

Seasonality and Economic Sensitivity

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuation, with the highest sales activity normally occurring during our fourth fiscal
quarter  of  the  year,  namely  November  through  January.  Our  business  is  also  sensitive  to  general  economic  conditions  and
business conditions affecting consumer spending including, for example, the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, our television
audience  (and  therefore  sales  revenue)  can  be  significantly  impacted  by  major  world  or  domestic  television-covering  events
which attract viewership and divert audience attention away from our programming.

Employees and Human Capital Resource Management

Our key human capital management objectives are to attract, retain and develop the highest quality talent. To achieve these
objectives,  our  human  resources  programs  are  designed  to  prepare  our  talent  for  critical  roles  and  leadership  positions  for  the
future; reward and support employees through competitive pay and benefits; enhance our culture through efforts aimed at making
the workplace more engaging and inclusive; and acquire talent and facilitate internal talent mobility to create a high-performing
and diverse workforce. At January 30, 2021, we had approximately 780 employees, of which 645 were full-time employees. The
majority  of  whom  are  employed  in  customer  service,  order  fulfillment  and  television  production.  We  are  not  a  party  to  any
collective bargaining agreement with respect to our employees.

Diversity and Inclusion

We  believe  our  equitable  and  inclusive  employment  environment  underpinned  with  diverse  teams  enables  us  to  create,
develop and implement core values that leverage the strengths of our workforce to exceed customer expectations and meet our
growth objectives.  We bring together our employees from all different backgrounds to solve our clients’ diverse demands and
viewpoints.  

11

Table of Contents

Current  initiatives  we  are  working  on  include  employee  experience,  talent  acquisition,  external  relationships,  and
community involvement.  We place a high value on inclusion and strive to encourage our employees to partner with one another
and their communities at large to create a connected community in the truest sense of the word. We are committed to having a
diverse talent pipeline by recruiting diverse talent across all leadership and skill areas. We are committed to equal employment
opportunity and pay equality, regardless of gender, race/ethnicity or background.

It is our intent to create a network where our customers, no matter their gender, race, ethnicity, religion, political views or
any other characteristic, feel safe and welcome when they tune in. To create such an environment starts with our employees, and
we strive to ensure that we create a diverse, inclusive, and dynamic working environment for our employees.

Segments and Geographic Information

We have two reporting segments: “ShopHQ” and “Emerging.” These segments reflect the way our chief operating decision
maker (which is our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer) evaluates the Company’s business performance
and  manages  its  operations.  Nearly  all  of  our  sales  are  to  customers  residing  in  the  United  States.  See  Note  11  -  "Business
Segments and Sales by Product Group" in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

ShopHQ

The  ShopHQ  segment  encompasses  our  nationally  distributed  shopping  entertainment  network.  ShopHQ  sells  and

distributes its products to consumers through its video commerce television, online website and mobile platforms.

Emerging

The Emerging segment consists of our developing business models. This segment includes our Media Commerce Services,
which  includes  creative  and  interactive  services  and  third-party  logistics  services  (i3PL).  The  Emerging  segment  also
encompasses ShopHQHealth, ShopBulldogTV and our recently acquired businesses, J.W. Hulme and Float Left. ShopHQHealth
is  a  health  and  wellness  focused  network  that  offers  a  robust  assortment  of  products  and  services  dedicated  to  addressing  the
physical,  spiritual  and  mental  health  needs  of  its  customers.  ShopBulldogTV  is  a  niche  television  shopping  network  geared
towards  male  consumers.  J.W.  Hulme  is  a  business  specializing  in  artisan-crafted  leather  products,  including  handbags  and
luggage. J.W. Hulme products are distributed primarily through jwhulme.com, retail stores, and programming on ShopHQ. Float
Left  is  a  business  comprised  of  connected  TVs,  video-based  content,  application  development  and  distribution,  including
technical consulting services, software development and maintenance related to video distribution.

Available Information

Our corporate website address is www.imediabrands.com. Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-
Q  and  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  amendments  to  these  reports  if  applicable,  are
available, without charge, on our investor relations website at investors.imediabrands.com as soon as reasonably practicable after
they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Copies also are available, without charge, by contacting the General
Counsel, iMedia Brands, Inc., 6740 Shady Oak Road, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344-3433. Our goal is to maintain the investor
relations website as a way for investors to easily find information about us, including press releases, announcements of investor
conferences, investor and analyst presentations and corporate governance. The information found on our website is not part of
this  or  any  other  report  we  file  with,  or  furnish  to,  the  SEC.  The  SEC  also  maintains  a  website  at  www.sec.gov  that  contains
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  us  and  other  companies  that  file  materials  with  the
SEC electronically.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our businesses are subject to many risks. The following are material factors known to us that could have a material adverse
affect on our business, reputation, operating results, industry, financial position, or future financial performance. The following
risks should be considered in evaluating an investment in our company.

12

Table of Contents

Risks Regarding Our Business

We have a history of losses and a high fixed cost operating base and may not be able to achieve  or maintain profitable

operations in the future.

We experienced operating losses of approximately $7.9 million, $52.5 million and $18.6 million in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019
and fiscal 2018. We reported net losses of $13.2 million, $56.3 million and $22.2 million in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal
2018. There is no assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain profitable operations in future fiscal years.

Our  television  shopping  business  operates  with  a  high  fixed  cost  base,  primarily  driven  by  fixed  fees  under  distribution
agreements with cable and direct-to-home satellite providers to carry our programming. In order to operate on a profitable basis,
we must reach and maintain sufficient annual sales revenues to cover our high fixed cost base and/or negotiate a reduction in this
cost structure. If our sales levels are not sufficient to cover our operating expenses, our ability to reduce operating expenses in the
near term will be limited by the fixed cost base. In that case, our earnings, cash balance and growth prospects could be materially
adversely affected.

We have had a historic trend of operating losses, which, if not reversed, could reduce our operating cash resources to the
point where we will not have sufficient liquidity to meet the ongoing cash commitments and obligations to continue operating
our business.

As of January 30, 2021, we had approximately $15.5 million in unrestricted cash. We expect to use our cash and available
credit  line  to  finance  our  working  capital  requirements  and  to  make  necessary  capital  expenditures  in  order  to  operate  our
business and to fund any further operating losses. We have had a historic trend of operating losses, which, if not reversed, could
reduce our operating cash resources to the point where we would not be able to adequately fund working capital requirements or
necessary capital expenditures.

The Company has a credit and security agreement (as amended through February 5, 2021, the "PNC Credit Facility") with
PNC Bank, N.A. ("PNC"), a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., as lender and agent. The PNC Credit Facility,
which includes CIBC Bank USA (formerly known as The Private Bank) as part of the facility, provides a revolving line of credit
of $70.0 million and provides for a term loan on which we had originally drawn to fund improvements at our distribution facility
in Bowling Green, Kentucky and subsequently to pay down our previously outstanding term loan with GACP Finance Co., LLC.
The PNC Credit Facility also provides an accordion feature that would allow us to expand the size of the revolving line of credit
by an additional $20.0 million at the discretion of the lenders and upon certain conditions being met. Maximum borrowings and
available  capacity  under  the  amended  revolving  PNC  Credit  Facility  are  equal  to  the  lesser  of  $70  million  or  a  calculated
borrowing base comprised of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory.

All borrowings under the PNC Credit Facility mature and are payable on July 27, 2023. Remaining capacity under the PNC
Credit Facility, was $12.5 million as of January 30, 2021. To remain in compliance with our PNC Credit Facility, we must meet
customary covenants and conditions, including, among other things, maintaining a minimum of unrestricted cash plus unused line
availability of $10.0 million at all times. Certain financial covenants, including minimum EBITDA levels (as defined in the PNC
Credit Facility) and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0, become applicable only if unrestricted cash plus unused
line availability falls below $10.8 million.

On February 22, 2021, we completed a public offering, in which we sold 3,289,000 shares of our common stock at a public
offering  price  of  $7.00  per  share,  including  429,000  shares  sold  upon  the  exercise  of  the  underwriter’s  option  to  purchase
additional shares. After underwriter discounts and commissions and other offering costs, net proceeds from the public offering
were  approximately  $21.2  million.    Please  refer  to  Note  22  -  “Subsequent  Events”  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial
statements for additional information.

We  have  significant  future  commitments  for  our  cash,  which  primarily  include  payments  for  cable  and  satellite  program
distribution obligations and the eventual repayment of the PNC Credit Facility. Based on our current projections for fiscal 2022,
we  believe  that  our  existing  cash  balances  and  available  credit  line  will  be  sufficient  to  maintain  liquidity  to  fund  our  normal
business operations over the next twelve months. We further believe that our financial resources, along with managing expenses,
will allow us to manage the anticipated impact of COVID-19 on our business operations for the foreseeable future which may
include reduced sales and net income levels for the Company. However, the PNC Credit Facility includes certain restrictions on
our ability to incur additional indebtedness or prepay existing indebtedness, to

13

Table of Contents

create liens or other encumbrances, to sell or otherwise dispose of assets, and to merge or consolidate with other entities, which
may be necessary  in times of liquidity constraints.  Therefore,  there can be no assurance  that, if required,  we would be able to
raise additional capital or reduce spending to have sufficient liquidity to meet our ongoing cash commitments and obligations to
continue operating our business.

Covenants in our debt agreements restrict our business in many ways.

The PNC Credit Facility contains various covenants that limit our ability and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other
things, incur additional indebtedness or prepay existing indebtedness, to create liens or other encumbrances, to sell or otherwise
dispose  of  assets,  to  merge  or  consolidate  with  other  entities,  and  to  make  certain  restricted  payments,  including  payments  of
dividends to common shareholders. In addition, certain financial covenants, including minimum EBITDA levels and a minimum
fixed charge coverage ratio, become applicable if unrestricted cash plus facility availability falls below $10.8 million or upon an
event  of  default.  Please  refer  to  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operations-Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources-Sources of Liquidity” below for a discussion of the PNC Credit
Facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the PNC Credit Facility, the lender could elect to declare all amounts
outstanding under the PNC Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further
credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lender could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that
indebtedness.  The  PNC  Credit  Facility  is  secured  by  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  personal  property,  as  well  as  the
Company’s real properties located in Eden Prairie, Minnesota and Bowling Green, Kentucky. If the lender and counter parties
under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility  accelerate  the  repayment  of  obligations,  we  may  not  have  sufficient  assets  to  repay  such
obligations. Our borrowings under the PNC Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If
interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will also increase even though the amount
borrowed remains the same, and our net income would decrease.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are negatively influenced by economic conditions that impact
consumer spending. If macroeconomic conditions do not continue to improve or if conditions worsen, our business could be
adversely affected.

Retailers generally are particularly sensitive to adverse economic and business conditions, in particular to the extent they
result  in  a  loss  of  consumer  confidence  and  a  decrease  in  consumer  spending,  particularly  discretionary  spending.  If
macroeconomic conditions do not continue to improve or if conditions worsen, it could have a negative impact on our business,
financial condition and results of operations (see our risk factor on the COVID-19 pandemic below).

Our results of operations may be adversely impacted by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and the duration and extent to
which  it  will  impact  our  results  of  operations  remains  uncertain.  Our  operations  may  also  be  limited  or  impacted  by
government monitoring and/or regulation of product sales in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic.

The global spread of COVID-19 has created significant volatility and uncertainty and economic disruption. The extent to
which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  impacts  our  business,  operations,  financial  results  and  financial  condition  will  depend  on
numerous  evolving  factors  which  are  uncertain  and  cannot  be  predicted,  including:  the  duration  and  scope  of  the  pandemic;
governmental, business and individuals’ actions taken in response; the effect on our customers and customers’ demand for our
services and products; the effect on our suppliers and disruptions to the global supply chain; our ability to sell and provide our
services and products, including as a result of travel restrictions  and people working from home; disruptions to our operations
resulting from the illness of any of our employees, including employees at our fulfillment  center; restrictions  or disruptions to
transportation, including reduced availability of ground or air transport; the ability of our customers to pay for our services and
products;  and  any  closures  of  our  and  our  suppliers’  and  customers’  facilities.  We  have  been  experiencing  disruptions  to  our
business as we implement modifications to employee travel, employee work locations and cancellation of events, among other
modifications.  In  addition,  the  impact  of  COVID-19  on  macroeconomic  conditions  may  impact  the  proper  functioning  of
financial and capital markets, commodity and energy prices, and interest rates. If any of these effects of the COVID-19 pandemic
were  to  worsen,  it  could  result  in  lost  or  delayed  revenue  to  us.  Even  after  the  COVID-19  pandemic  has  subsided,  we  may
continue to experience adverse impacts to our business as a result of any economic recession or depression that has occurred or
may occur in the future. Any of these events could amplify the other risks and uncertainties described in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or stock price.

14

Table of Contents

We  are  subject  to  work  from  home  orders  and  other  operations  restrictions  that  could  limit  our  ability  to  operate  our

business.

We  are  subject  to  work-from-home  orders  and  other  limitations  on  our  business  in  the  states  in  which  we  operate.  The
restrictions, among other things, require us to operate with only certain employees in-person at our facilities. We have focused on
taking  necessary  steps  to  keep  our  employees,  contractors,  vendors,  customers,  guests,  and  their  families  safe  during  these
uncertain  times,  which  has  required  that  we  mandate  that  non-essential  personnel  work  from  home,  reduce  the  number  of
personnel  who  are  allowed  in  our  facilities  and  on  our  production  set,  and  implement  increased  cleaning  protocols,  social
distancing  measures,  and  temperature  screenings  for  those  personnel  who  enter  our  facilities.  We  have  also  mandated  that  all
essential  personnel  who  do  not  feel  comfortable  coming  to  work  will  not  be  required  to  do  so.  These  limitations,  as  well  as
additional  restrictions  that  could  be  placed  on  our  ability  to  operate  by  federal,  state  or  local  governments,  could  impact  our
ability to operate our television shopping, distribution and other businesses, including by reducing the quality of our broadcasts or
delaying shipment of our products. This could reduce our profitability and impact our results of operations.

Our long-term success depends, in large part, on our continued ability to attract new and retain existing customers in a

cost-effective manner.

In  an  effort  to  attract  and  retain  customers,  we  use  considerable  funds  and  resources  for  various  marketing  and
merchandising  initiatives,  particularly  for  the  production  and  distribution  of  television  programming  and  the  updating  of  our
digital strategy to increasingly engage customers through digital channels and social media. These initiatives, however, may not
resonate with existing customers or consumers generally or may not be cost-effective.

We believe that costs associated with the production and distribution of our television programming and costs associated
with digital  marketing,  including search engine marketing  and social media  marketing,  may increase  in the foreseeable  future.
Our digital business depends on a high degree of website traffic, which is dependent on many factors, including the availability of
appealing website content, user loyalty and new user generation from search engine portals. In obtaining a significant amount of
website traffic through search engines, we utilize techniques such as search engine optimization and search engine marketing to
improve our placement in relevant search queries. Search engines, including Google, frequently update and change the logic that
determines the placement and display of a user’s search, such that the purchased or algorithmic placement of links to our websites
can  be  negatively  affected.  Moreover,  a  search  engine  could,  for  competitive  or  other  purposes,  alter  its  search  algorithms  or
results causing our website to place lower in search query results. If a major search engine changes its algorithms in a manner that
negatively affects our paid or unpaid search ranking, or if competitive dynamics impact the effectiveness of our search engine
optimization and search engine marketing in a negative manner, the business and financial performance of our digital commerce
business could be adversely affected. Furthermore, the failure to successfully manage our search engine optimization and search
engine marketing strategies could result in a substantial decrease in traffic to our website, as well as increased costs if we were to
replace free traffic with paid traffic. Even if our online commerce businesses are successful in generating a high level of website
traffic, no assurance can be given that our business will be successful in achieving repeat user loyalty or that new visitors will
explore  the  offerings  on  our  site.  Monetizing  this  traffic  by  converting  users  to  consumers  is  dependent  on  many  factors,
including availability of inventory, consumer preferences, price, ease of use and website quality. No assurance can be given that
the fees paid to search portals will not exceed the revenue generated by our website visitors. Any failure to sustain user traffic or
to monetize  such traffic  could materially  adversely  affect  the  financial  performance  of our business and, as a result,  adversely
affect  our financial  results.  In addition,  customers  continue  to increase  their  expectations  for faster  delivery  times  with free  or
reduced  shipping  prices.  Increased  delivery  costs,  particularly  if  we  are  unable  to  offset  them  by  increasing  prices  without  a
detrimental effect on customer demand, and the extent to which we offer shipping promotions to our customers, could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our inability to recruit and retain key employees may adversely impact our ability to sustain growth.

Our growth is contingent, in part, on our ability to retain and recruit employees who have the distinct skills necessary for a
business  that  demands  knowledge  of  the  general  retail  industry,  merchandising  and  product  sourcing,  television  production,
televised  and  internet-based  marketing  and  fulfillment.  In  recent  years,  we  have  experienced  significant  senior  management
turnover  and  reductions  in  force  as  discussed  in  Note  21  -  "Executive  and  Management  Transition  Costs"  and  Note  20  -
"Restructuring Costs" in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. The marketplace for such key

15

Table of Contents

employees  is  very  competitive  and  limited.  Our  growth  may  be  adversely  impacted  if  we  are  unable  to  attract  and  retain  key
employees.  In  addition,  turnover  of  senior  management  can  adversely  impact  our  stock  price,  our  results  of  operations,  our
vendor relationships and may make recruiting for future management positions more difficult. Further we may incur significant
expenses related to any executive transition costs that may impact our operating results. For example, in fiscal 2019 and fiscal
2018, the Company recorded charges to income of $2.7 million and $2.1 million related to executive and management transition
costs incurred, which included severance payments and other incremental expenses.

Our  ValuePay  installment  payment  program  could  lead  to  significant  unplanned  credit  losses  if  our  credit  loss  rate

materially deteriorates.

We utilize an installment payment program called ValuePay that enables customers to purchase merchandise and pay for
the merchandise in two or more monthly installments. Our ValuePay installment program is a key element of our promotional
strategy.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  we  had  approximately  $49.7  million  due  from  customers  under  the  ValuePay  installment
program.  We  maintain  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of  our  customers  to
make required payments. There is no guarantee that we will continue to experience the same credit loss rate that we have in the
past  or  that  losses  will  be  within  current  provisions.  A  significant  increase  in  our  credit  losses  above  what  we  have  been
experiencing could result in a material adverse impact on our financial performance.

We rely on a limited number of independent shipping companies to deliver our merchandise. If our independent shipping
companies fail to deliver our merchandise in a timely and accurate manner, our reputation and brand may be damaged. If
relationships with our independent shipping companies are terminated, we may experience an increase in delivery costs.

We rely on a limited number of shipping companies to deliver inventory to us and completed orders to our customers. If we
are not able to negotiate acceptable terms with these companies or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, it
could  negatively  impact  our  operating  results  and  customer  experience.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  receive  inbound  inventory
efficiently and ship completed orders to customers also may be negatively affected by inclement weather, fire, flood, power loss,
earthquakes, labor disputes, acts of war or terrorism, acts of God, and similar factors. Any strike, work stoppage or slowdown at
one of our limited number of shipping companies could cause significant delays in our product shipments, a loss of sales and/or
an increase in delivery costs.

The seasonality of our business places increased strain on our operations.

A  disproportional  amount  of  our  sales  activity  normally  occurs  in  our  fourth  fiscal  quarter  of  the  year,  namely
November  through  January.  If  we  do  not  stock  or  restock  popular  products  sufficient  to  meet  customer  demand,  our  business
would be adversely affected. If we overstock products, we may be required to take significant inventory markdowns or write-offs,
which could reduce profitability. We may experience an increase in our net shipping cost due to complimentary upgrades, split-
shipments and additional long-zone shipments necessary to ensure timely delivery for the holiday season. Additionally, we may
be unable to adequately staff our fulfillment and customer service centers during peak periods, and delivery services and other
fulfillment  companies  and  customer  service  providers  may  be  unable  to  meet  the  seasonal  demand.  The  occurrence  of  any  of
these factors could have an adverse effect on our business.

Any acquisition we make could adversely impact the Company’s performance.

From time to time we may acquire other businesses. An acquisition involves certain inherent risks, including the failure to
retain key personnel from an acquired business; undisclosed or subsequently arising liabilities;  failure to successfully integrate
operations of the acquired business into our existing business, such as new product offerings or information technology systems;
failure  to  generate  expected  synergies  such  as  cost  reductions  or  revenue  gains;  and  the  potential  diversion  of  management
resources  from  existing  operations  to  respond  to  unforeseen  issues  arising  in  the  context  of  the  integration  of  a  new  business.
Additionally, we may incur significant expenses in connection with acquisitions and our overall profitability could be adversely
affected if our associated investments and expenses are not justified by the revenues and profits, if any.

16

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to the Products We Market and Sell

We  depend  on  relationships  with  numerous  manufacturers  and  suppliers  for  our  products  and  proprietary  brands;  a
decrease  in  product  quality  or  an  increase  in  product  cost,  the  unanticipated  loss  of  our  larger  suppliers,  or  the  lack  of
customer receptivity or brand acceptance to our proprietary brands could impact our sales.

We  procure  merchandise  from  numerous  manufacturers  and  suppliers  generally  pursuant  to  short-term  contracts  and
purchase  orders.  We  depend  on  the  ability  of  these  parties  to  timely  produce  and  deliver  goods  that  meet  applicable  quality
standards,  which  is  impacted  by  a  number  of  factors  not  within  the  control  of  these  parties,  such  as  political  or  financial
instability,  trade  restrictions,  tariffs,  currency  exchange  rates,  and  transport  capacity  and  costs,  among  others,  and  to  deliver
products that meet or exceed our customers’ expectations.

Our failure to identify new vendors and manufacturers, maintain relationships with a significant number of existing vendors
and manufacturers and/or access quality merchandise in a timely and efficient manner could cause us to miss customer delivery
dates or delay scheduled promotions, which could result in the failure to meet customer expectations and could cause customers
to cancel orders or cause us to be unable to source merchandise in sufficient quantities, which could result in lost sales.

It  is  possible  that  one  or  more  of  our  significant  brands  or  vendors  could  experience  financial  difficulties,  including
bankruptcy,  be unable  to supply us their  product  or choose to stop doing business  with us, such as a major  beauty brand who
chose to leave our network during the second quarter of fiscal 2018 which had a significant negative effect on our fiscal 2018
results. The unanticipated loss of one or a number of our significant brands or vendors, could materially and adversely impact our
sales and profitability.

Our  efforts  to  accelerate  the  development  of  proprietary  brands  may  require  working  capital  investments  for  the
development and promotion of new brands and concepts. In addition, factors such as minimum purchase quantities and reduced
merchandise  return  rights,  typically  associated  with  the  purchasing  of  products  associated  with  proprietary  brands,  can  lead  to
excess  on-hand  inventory  if  sales  of  these  brands  do  not  meet  our  expectations  due  to  a  lack  of  customer  receptivity  or  brand
acceptance.  Our ability  to successfully  offer a wider assortment  of proprietary  merchandise may also be adversely impacted  if
any of the risks mentioned above related to our manufacturers and suppliers materialize.

If we do not manage our inventory effectively, our sales, gross profit and profitability could be adversely affected.

Our profitability depends on our ability to manage appropriate inventory levels and respond quickly to shifts in consumer
demand patterns. We are also exposed to significant inventory risks that may adversely affect our operating results as a result of
seasonality,  new  product  launches,  rapid  changes  in  product  cycles,  trends  and  pricing,  defective  merchandise,  spoilage,  and
other factors.  Additionally,  the acquisition  of certain  types of inventory may require  significant  lead-time  and prepayment  and
they may not be returnable. If we do not identify and respond to emerging trends in consumer spending and preferences quickly
enough, we may harm our ability to retain our existing customers or attract new customers. If we purchase too much inventory,
we may be forced to sell our merchandise at lower average margins through increased markdowns, which could adversely affect
our results of operations, our overall gross margins and our profitability.

We may be subject to product liability claims if people or properties are harmed by products sold or developed by us, or we
may be subject to voluntary or involuntary product recalls, or subject to liability for on-air statements made by our hosts or
guest-hosts.

Products sold or developed by us may expose us to product liability or product safety claims relating to personal injury,
death  or  property  damage  caused  by  such  products  and  may  require  us  to  take  actions  such  as  product  recalls,  which  could
involve significant expense incurred by the Company.

We maintain, and have generally required the manufacturers and vendors of these products to carry product liability and
errors and omissions insurance. We also require that our vendors fully indemnify us for such claims. There can be no assurance
that  we  will  maintain  this  insurance  coverage  or  obtain  additional  coverage  on  acceptable  terms,  or  that  this  insurance  will
provide adequate coverage against all potential claims or even be available with respect to any particular claim. There also can be
no assurance that our suppliers will continue to maintain this insurance or that this coverage will

17

Table of Contents

be  adequate  or  available  with  respect  to  any  particular  claims  or  will  fulfill  their  contractual  indemnification  duties.  Product
liability claims could result in a material adverse impact on our financial performance.

We may also be subject to involuntary product recalls or we may voluntarily conduct a product recall. The costs associated
with  product  recalls  individually  or  in  the  aggregate  in  any  given  fiscal  year,  or  for  any  particular  recall  event,  could  be
significant. Although we maintain product recall insurance, and we require that our vendors fully indemnify us for such events,
an  involuntary  product  recall  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  performance.  In  addition,  any  product
recall, regardless of direct costs of the recall, may harm consumer perceptions of our products and have a negative impact on our
future revenues and results of operations.

In  addition,  the  live  unscripted  nature  of  our  television  broadcasting  may  subject  us  to  misrepresentation  or  false
advertising claims by our customers, the Federal Trade Commission and state attorneys general. Our Company is subject to two
FTC  consent  decrees,  one  issued  in  2001  and  one  issued  in  2003;  both  have  a  duration  of  20  years.  They  consist  of  claims
involving recordkeeping, compliance policies, and attention to detail on claim substantiation. Violations of these decrees could
result in significant civil fines and penalties.

Risks Regarding Our Securities

Our stock price has experienced a significant decline, which could further adversely affect our ability to raise additional

capital and/or cause us to be subject to securities class action litigation.

The market price of our common stock has experienced a significant decline from which it has not fully recovered. In 2015,
the market  price  of our common stock,  as reported  on The Nasdaq Global Market,  declined  from  a high of $69.90 in the first
quarter of 2015 to a low of $1.35 in the first quarter of 2020. Most recently, on April 21, 2021, the market price of our common
stock, as reported on The Nasdaq Capital Market, closed at a price of $7.13 per share. The prices at which our common stock are
quoted  and  the  prices  which  investors  may  realize  will  be  influenced  by  several  factors,  some  specific  to  our  company  and
operations and some that may affect our sector or public companies generally. Our progress in developing and commercializing
our products, our quarterly operating results, announcements of new products by us or our competitors, our perceived prospects,
changes  in  securities’  analysts’  recommendations  or  earnings  estimates,  changes  in  general  conditions  in  the  economy  or  the
financial  markets,  adverse  events  related  to  our  strategic  relationships,  significant  sales  of  our  common  stock  by  existing
stockholders  and  other  developments  affecting  us  or  our  competitors  could  cause  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  to
fluctuate  substantially.  In  addition,  in  recent  years,  including  the  first  half  of  2020,  the  stock  market  has  experienced  extreme
price  and  volume  fluctuations.  This  volatility  has  had  a  significant  effect  on  the  market  prices  of  securities  issued  by  many
companies  for  reasons  unrelated  to  their  operating  performance.  These  market  fluctuations,  regardless  of  the  cause,  may
materially and adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating results. In addition, we may be subject to securities
class  action  litigation  as  a  result  of  volatility  in  the  price  of  our  common  stock,  which  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and
diversion of management’s attention and resources and could harm our stock price, business, prospects, results of operations and
financial condition.

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  comply  with  the  continued  listing  standards  of  The  Nasdaq  Capital

Market and we could be delisted.

Even  though  our  common  stock  is  listed  on  The  Nasdaq  Capital  Market,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to
comply with standards necessary to maintain a listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market. Our failure to meet
the continuing listing requirements may result in our common stock being delisted from The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Our business could be negatively affected as a result of the actions of activist or hostile shareholders.

Our  business  could  be  negatively  affected  as  a  result  of  shareholder  activism,  which  could  cause  us  to  incur  significant
expense, hinder execution of our business strategy, and impact the trading value of our securities. Shareholder activism, which
could take many forms or arise in a variety of situations, has been increasing in publicly traded companies in recent years and we
are  subject  to  the  risks  associated  with  such  activism.  In  2014,  our  company  was  the  subject  of  a  proxy  contest.  Shareholder
activism, including potential proxy contests, requires significant time and attention by management and the board of directors,
potentially  interfering  with our  ability  to execute  our strategic  plan. Additionally,  such shareholder  activism  could give  rise  to
perceived  uncertainties  as to our future direction,  adversely  affect  our relationships  with key executives  and business partners,
and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel.

18

Table of Contents

Also, we may be required to incur significant legal fees and other expenses related to activist shareholder matters. Any of these
impacts could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. Further, the market price of our common stock
could be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties described in
this “Risk Factors” section.

It may be difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so may be beneficial to our shareholders.

We adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan to preserve the value of certain deferred tax benefits, including those generated by
net  operating  losses,  as  described  further  under  Part  II,  Item  5  below.  The  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  may  have  anti-takeover
effects.  The  provisions  of  the  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  could  have  the  effect  of  delaying,  deferring,  or  preventing  a  change  of
control of us and could discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price of our common stock.

Risks Relating to Our Television Programming

Changes  in  technology  and  in  consumer  viewing  patterns  may  negatively  impact  our  video  content  viewing  and  could

result in a decrease in revenue.

As a multiplatform interactive video and digital commerce retail business, we are dependent on our ability to attract and
retain  viewers  and  must  successfully  adapt  to  technological  advances  in  the  media  entertainment  industry,  including  the
emergence  of  alternative  distribution  platforms,  such  as  digital  video  recorders,  video-on-demand  and  subscription  video-on-
demand (e.g.,  Netflix,  Hulu, Amazon  Prime).  New technologies  affect  the  manner  in  which  our  programming  is  distributed  to
consumers,  the  sources  and  nature  of  competing  content  offerings,  and  the  time  and  manner  in  which  consumers  view  our
programming. This trend has impacted the traditional forms of distribution, as evidenced by the industry-wide decline in ratings
for broadcast television, the development of alternative distribution channels for broadcast and cable programming and declines
in  cable  and  satellite  subscriber  levels  across  the  industry.  In  order  to  respond  to  these  developments,  we  have  developed  a
multiplatform  distribution  approach,  including  delivering  our  content  over  various  streaming  applications  such  as  Roku  and
Apple TV and distribution through social media platforms. However, there can be no assurance that we will successfully respond
to these changes which could result in a loss of viewership and a decrease in revenue.

The failure to secure suitable placement for our television programming could adversely affect our ability to attract and

retain television viewers and could result in a decrease in revenue.

We  are  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  compete  for  television  viewers.  Effectively  competing  for  television  viewers  is
dependent,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  secure  placement  of  our  television  programming  within  a  suitable  programming  tier  at  a
desirable channel position or format. The majority of multi-video programming distributors now offer programming on a digital
basis, which has resulted in increased channel capacity. While the growth of digital cable and these other systems may over time
make it possible for our programming to be more widely distributed, there are several risks as well. The primary risks associated
with the growth of digital cable and alternative digital platforms are demonstrated by the following:

● we could experience declines in sales per digital tier subscriber because of the increased number of channels offered on
digital systems competing for the same number of viewers and the less desirable location we typically are assigned in
digital tiers;

● more competitors may enter the marketplace as additional channel capacity is added;
● we  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  negotiate  renewal  terms  for  our  programming  distribution  agreements  that  are
favorable  to  us  or  that  offer  our  programming  to  viewers  within  a  suitable  programming  tier  at  a  desirable  channel
position and format;

● more  programming  options  being  available  to  the  viewing  public  in  the  form  of  new  television  networks  and  time-
shifted  viewing  (e.g.,  personal  video  recorders,  video-on-demand,  interactive  television  and  streaming  video  over
broadband internet connections as well as increased access to various media through wireless devices);
cable, satellite, and telecommunication providers are facing competition from new services which could result in a loss
of subscribers; and
our  effective  costs  of  distribution  may  increase  as  we  deliver  programming  in  multiple  channel  locations  unless  we
secure increases in customers.

●

●

19

Table of Contents

New  technologies  have  been  and  are  expected  to  continue  to  be  developed  that  increase  the  number  of  entertainment
choices available and the manners in which they are delivered. Failure to adapt to these risks will result in lower revenue and may
adversely impact our results of operations. In addition, failure to anticipate and adapt to technological changes in a cost-effective
manner that meets customer demands and evolving industry standards will also reduce our revenue, adversely impact our results
of operations and financial condition and have a negative impact on our business.

We  may  not  be  able  to  expand  or  could  lose  some  of  our  existing  programming  distribution  if  we  cannot  negotiate

profitable distribution agreements.

We continue to seek reductions in the costs associated with our cable and satellite distribution agreements. However, there
can be no assurance that we will achieve cost reductions in the future or that we will be able to maintain or grow our households
on financial terms that are profitable to us. Certain terms of our distribution agreements allow for increases or decreases in our
distribution  costs  as  a  result  of  a  variety  of  factors,  not  all  of  which  are  within  our  control.  These  factors  include,  but  are  not
limited  to,  increases  or  decreases  in  the  number  of  subscribers  receiving  our  programming,  channel  placement  changes,  the
addition of a second channel or other factors. Significant changes to these factors could result in a material increase in our cost of
distribution. If we are unable to negotiate new or renewal terms in our distribution agreements that are equal or more favorable to
us,  our  distribution  costs  could  increase.  In  addition,  the  continued  consolidation  of  the  pay  television  operator  industry  could
cause us to lose leverage when negotiating new agreements or result in less favorable terms. Further, it is possible that we may
need to reduce our programming distribution in certain systems if we are unable to obtain appropriate financial contract terms.
Failure to successfully renew agreements covering a material portion of our existing cable and satellite households on acceptable
financial and other terms could adversely affect our future growth, sales revenues and earnings unless we are able to arrange for
alternative means of broadly distributing our television programming.

Competition in the general merchandise retailing industry and particularly the live television shopping and e-commerce

sectors could limit our growth and reduce our profitability.

As  a  general  merchandise  retailer,  we  compete  for  consumers  with  other  forms  of  retail  businesses,  including  other
television  shopping  and  e-commerce  retailers,  infomercial  companies,  other  types  of  consumer  retail  businesses,  including
traditional  "brick  and  mortar"  department  stores,  discount  stores,  warehouse  stores,  specialty  stores,  catalog  and  mail  order
retailers  and  other  direct  sellers.  In  the  competitive  television  shopping  sector,  we  compete  with  QVC,  HSN,  and  Jewelry
Television,  as  well  as  a  number  of  smaller  start-up  and  "niche"  television  shopping  competitors.  QVC  and  HSN  both  are
substantially larger than we are in terms of annual revenues and customers, and the programming of each is carried more broadly
to  U.S.  households,  including  high  definition  bands  and  multi-channel  carriage,  than  our  programming.  The  video  commerce
industry  is  also  highly  competitive,  with  numerous  e-commerce  websites  competing  in  every  product  category  we  carry,  in
addition  to  the  websites  operated  by  the  other  television  shopping  companies.  This  competition  in  the  internet  retailing  sector
makes it more challenging and expensive for us to attract new customers, retain existing customers and maintain desired gross
margin levels.

We  may  not  be  able  to  maintain  our  satellite  services  in  certain  situations  beyond  our  control,  which  may  cause  our

programming to go off the air for a period of time and cause us to incur substantial additional costs.

Our  programming  is  presently  distributed  to  cable  systems,  television  stations  and  satellite  dish  operators  via  a  leased
communications satellite transponder. Satellite service may be interrupted due to a variety of circumstances beyond our control,
such  as  satellite  transponder  failure,  satellite  fuel  depletion,  governmental  action,  preemption  by  the  satellite  service  provider,
solar  activity  and  service  failure.  Our  satellite  transponder  agreement  provides  us  with  preemptible  back-up  service  if  satellite
transmission is interrupted under certain conditions. In the event of a serious transmission interruption where back-up service is
not available, we may need to enter into new arrangements, resulting in substantial additional costs and the inability to broadcast
our signal for some period of time.

A  natural  disaster  or  significant  weather  event  could  seriously  impact  our  ability  to  operate,  including  our  ability  to
broadcast,  operate  websites,  process  and  fulfill  transactions,  respond  to  customer  inquiries  and  generally  maintain  cost-
efficient operations.

Our television broadcast studios, internet operations, IT systems, merchandising team, inventory control systems, executive

offices and finance/accounting functions, among others, are centralized in our adjacent offices at 6740 and 6690,

20

Table of Contents

Shady Oak Road in Eden Prairie, Minnesota. In addition, our only fulfillment and distribution facility is centralized at a location
in  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky.  Fire,  flood,  severe  weather,  power  loss,  telecommunications  failure,  hurricanes,  tornadoes,
earthquakes,  acts  of  war  or  terrorism,  acts  of  God  and  similar  events  or  disruptions  may  damage  or  interrupt  our  broadcast,
computer,  broadband  or  other  communications  systems  and  infrastructures,  including  the  distribution  of  our  network  to  our
customers, at any time. While we have certain business continuity plans in place, no assurances can be given as to how quickly
we  would  be  able  to  resume  operations  and  how  long  it  may  take  to  return  to  normal  operations.  We  could  incur  substantial
financial  losses  above  and  beyond  what  may  be  covered  by  applicable  insurance  policies,  and  may  experience  a  loss  of  sales,
customers, vendors and employees during the recovery period.

A  natural  disaster  or  significant  weather  event  could  materially  interfere  with  our  customers’  ability  to  receive  our

broadcast or reach us to purchase our products and services.

Our operations rely on our customers’ access to third party content distribution networks, communications providers and
utilities like cable, satellite and OTT television services, as well as internet, telephone and power utilities. A natural disaster or
significant weather event could make one or more of these third-party services unavailable to our customers and could lead to the
deferral or loss of sales of our goods and services.

The Southwest Light Rail Transit construction project adjacent to our headquarters and primary television broadcasting
studios  could  impact  our  ability  to  operate,  by  disrupting  our  ability  to  broadcast  our  live  television  programing  and  could
result in a material adverse effect on our operations, net sales and financial performance.

The construction of the Southwest Light Rail Transit, a 14.5-mile light rail track from Minneapolis to Eden Prairie, began
during fiscal 2019 and is planned to last through fiscal 2023. Our headquarters and primary television broadcast studios, located
in  Eden  Prairie,  Minnesota  are  adjacent  to  a  section  of  the  planned  light  rail  line.  Construction  activities  may  cause  excessive
noise,  vibrations,  or  similar  impacts  that  could  disrupt  our  television  broadcast  programming,  broadcasting  studio  operations,
customer service operations, as well as other key functions located in our headquarter location or could lead to property damage
to these facilities. The potential impacts from this construction project and the ongoing future operations of the light rail could
result in a material adverse effect on our operations, net sales and financial performance.

Regulatory Risks

Trade policies, tariffs, tax or other government regulations that increase the effective price of products manufactured in

China or other countries and imported into the United States could have a material adverse effect on our business.

A  material  percentage  of  the  products  that  we  offer  on  our  television  programming  and  our  e-commerce  websites  are
imported  by  us  or  our  vendors,  from  China  and  other  countries.  Uncertainty  with  respect  to  trade  policies,  tariffs,  tax  and
government regulations affecting trade between the United States, China and other countries has increased. Many of our vendors
source a large percentage of the products we sell from China and other countries. Major developments in trade relations, such as
the imposition of tariffs on imported products, could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and business.

Failure to comply with existing laws, rules and regulations applicable to our company, or to obtain and maintain required

licenses and rights, could subject us to additional liabilities.

We market and provide a broad range of merchandise and services through multiple channels. As a result, we are subject to
a wide variety of statutes, rules, regulations, policies and procedures in various jurisdictions which are subject to change at any
time, including laws regarding consumer protection, privacy, the regulation of retailers generally, the labeling, importation, sale
and advertising or promotion of merchandise, sweepstakes and contests and the operation of warehouse facilities, as well as laws
and regulations applicable to the internet, electronic devices and businesses engaged in e-commerce. These laws and regulations
may  cover  subject  matters  including  taxation,  privacy,  data  protection,  pricing,  payment  processing,  employment,  content,
intellectual  property,  distribution,  mobile  communications,  electronic  device  certification,  electronic  contracts  and  other
communications, consumer protection, unencumbered internet access to our services, the design and operation of websites and
the  characteristics  and  quality  of  our  products  and  services.  Although  we  undertake  to  monitor  changes  in  these  laws,  if  these
laws change without our knowledge, or are violated by importers,

21

Table of Contents

designers, vendors, manufacturers or distributors or other third-parties with which we do business, we could experience delays in
shipments  and  receipt  of  goods  or  be  subject  to  fines  or  other  penalties  under  the  controlling  regulations,  any  of  which  could
adversely  affect  our  business.  In  addition,  our  failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  fines  and
proceedings against us by governmental agencies and consumers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and  results  of  operations.  Moreover,  unfavorable  changes  in  the  laws,  rules  and  regulations  applicable  to  us  could  decrease
demand for merchandise offered by us, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities. Finally, certain of these regulations
impact our marketing efforts.

Additionally, existing privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory obligations and other legal obligations are evolving
and  are  subject  to  potentially  differing  interpretations.  Various  federal  and  state  legislative  and  regulatory  bodies  may  expand
current laws or enact new laws regarding privacy matters, and courts may interpret existing privacy-related laws and regulations
in  new  or  different  manners.  For  example,  the  State  of  California  enacted  legislation  in  June  2018,  the  California  Consumer
Privacy Act of 2018, which took effect January 1, 2020, and, among other things, requires companies that process information
regarding  California  residents  to  provide  new  disclosures  to  California  consumers,  allow  such  consumers  to  opt  out  of  data
sharing with third parties and provide a new cause of action for data breaches.

We  may  be  subject  to  claims  by  consumers  and  state  and  federal  authorities  for  security  breaches  involving  customer
information, which could materially harm our reputation and business or add significant administrative and compliance cost
to our operations.

In order to operate our business, which includes multiple retail channels, we take orders for our products from customers.
This requires us to obtain personal information from these customers including, but not limited to, credit card numbers. Although
we  take  reasonable  and  appropriate  security  measures  to  protect  customer  information,  there  is  still  the  risk  that  external  or
internal security breaches or digital or telecommunications spoofing could occur, including cyber incidents. In addition, new tools
and discoveries by third parties in computer or communications technology or software or other developments may facilitate or
result  in  a  future  compromise  of  consumer  information  under  applicable  law  or  breach  of  our  computer  systems.  Such
compromises  or  breaches  could  result  in  consumer  harm  or  risk  of  harm,  data  loss  and/or  identity  theft  leading  to  significant
liability or costs to us from notification requirements, lawsuits brought by consumers, shareholders or other businesses seeking
monetary redress, state and federal authorities for fines and penalties, and could also lead to interruptions in our operations and
negative  publicity  causing  damage  to  our  reputation  and  limiting  customers’  willingness  to  purchase  products  from  us.
Businesses in the retail industry have experienced material sales declines after discovering data breaches, and our business could
be similarly impacted by cyber incidents. Reputational value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities. While
reputations may take decades to build, a significant negative incident can erode trust and confidence, particularly if it results in
adverse  mainstream  and  social  media  publicity,  governmental  investigations  or  litigation.  Theft  of  credit  card  numbers  of
consumers  could  result  in  significant  fines  and  consumer  settlement  costs,  litigation  costs,  FTC  audit  requirements,  and
significant internal administrative costs.

In addition to possible claims for security breaches involving customer information, the secure processing, maintenance and
transmission of customer information is critical to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to
protect  our  customer  information.  The  expenses  associated  with  complying  with  a  patchwork  of  state  laws  imposing  differing
security  requirements  depending  on  the  residence  of  our  customers  could  reduce  our  operating  margins.  As  mentioned  above,
there  have  been  continuing  efforts  to  increase  the  legal  and  regulatory  obligations  and  restrictions  on  companies  conducting
commerce, primarily in the areas of taxation, consumer privacy and protection of consumer personal information, and we may
have to devote significant resources to information security.

Nearly all of our sales are paid for by customers using credit or debit cards and the increasingly heightened Payment Card
Industry ("PCI") standards regarding the storage and security of customer information could potentially impact our ability to
accept card brands.

Nearly  all  of  our  customers  pay  for  purchases  via  a  credit  or  debit  card.  Credit  and  debit  card  payment  organizations
continue to heighten PCI standards that are applicable to all merchants who accept these cards. These standards primarily pertain
to the processes and procedures for encrypted use and secure storage of customer data. By virtue of the volume of our overall
credit  card  transactions,  we  are  a  Level  1  merchant  which  requires  the  annual  completion  of  a  formal  Report  of  Compliance
("ROC") by a Qualified Security Assessor. Failure to comply with PCI standards, as required by card issuers, could result in card
brand fines and/or the possible inability for us to accept a card brand. Our inability to accept

22

Table of Contents

one or all card brands could materially adversely affect sales. Although we received an approved ROC on July 31, 2020, there is
no guarantee that we will continue to receive such approvals.

We will be required to collect and remit sales taxes in more states and we may be subject to claims for potential uncollected

amounts.

On June 21, 2018, the United States Supreme Court issued a ruling in the South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al case which
dramatically  increased  the  ability  of  states  to  impose  sales  tax  collection  responsibilities  on  remote  sellers,  including  the
Company. As a result of this new ruling, the Company is now required to collect sales tax in any state which passes legislation
requiring out of state retailers to collect sales tax even where they have no physical nexus. Adding sales tax to our transactions
could  negatively  impact  consumer  demand,  create  a  competitive  disadvantage  (if  all  retailers  are  not  equally  impacted),  and
create  an  additional  costly  administrative  burden  of  complying  with  the  collection  laws  of  multiple  jurisdictions.  While  we
believe  we  comply  with  current  state  sales  tax  regulations,  a  successful  assertion  by  one  or  more  states  requiring  us  to
retroactively collect taxes under an "economic nexus" threshold where we currently are not collecting could result in substantial
tax liabilities for past sales, as well as penalties and interest.

Technology and Intellectual Property Risks

We significantly rely on technology and information management tools and operational applications to run our existing

businesses, the failure of which could adversely impact our operations.

Our  businesses  are  dependent,  in  part,  on  the  use  of  sophisticated  technology,  some  of  which  is  provided  to  us  by  third
parties. These technologies include, but are not necessarily limited to, satellite based transmission of our programming, use of the
internet  and  other  mobile  commerce  devices  in  relation  to  our  on-line  business,  new  digital  technology  used  to  manage  and
supplement  our  television  broadcast  operations,  the  age  of  our  legacy  operational    applications  to  distribute  product  to  our
customers and a network of complex computer hardware and software to manage an ever increasing need for information and
information management tools. The failure of any of these legacy systems or operational infrastructure elements, technologies, or
our  inability  to  have  this  technology  supported,  updated,  expanded  or  integrated  into  new  business  processes  or  other
technologies,  could  adversely  impact  our  operations.  Although  we  have,  when  possible,  developed  alternative  sources  of
technology and built redundancy into our computer networks and tools, there can be no assurance that these efforts to date would
protect us against all potential issues or disaster occurrences related to the loss of any such technologies or their use. Further, we
may face challenges in keeping pace with rapid technological changes and adopting new products or platforms and migrating to
new systems.

We  may  fail  to  adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights  or may  be  accused  of  infringing  upon the  intellectual

property rights of third parties.

We regard our intellectual property rights, including patents, service marks, trademarks and domain names, copyrights and
trade  secrets,  as  critical  to  our  success.  We  rely  heavily  upon  software,  databases  and  other  systemic  components  that  are
necessary to manage and support our business operations, many of which utilize or incorporate third party products, services or
technologies. In addition, we license intellectual property rights in connection with the various products and services we offer to
consumers.  As a result, we are subject  to legal  proceedings  and claims  in the ordinary course of business, including claims  of
alleged  infringement  of  the  trademarks,  copyrights,  patents  and  other  intellectual  property  rights  of  third  parties.  In  addition,
litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope
of proprietary rights claimed by others. Any litigation of this nature, regardless of outcome or merit, could result in substantial
costs and diversion of management and technical resources, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations. Patent litigation tends to be particularly protracted and expensive. Our failure to protect our intellectual
property  rights  in  a  meaningful  manner  or  challenges  to  third  party  intellectual  property  we  utilize  or  that  is  related  to  our
contractual rights could result in erosion of brand names; limit our ability to control marketing on or through the internet using
our  various  domain  names;  limit  our  useful  technologies;  disrupt  normal  business  operations  or  result  in  unanticipated  costs,
which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

23

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

We own two commercial buildings occupying approximately 209,000 square feet and the related land they occupy in Eden
Prairie,  Minnesota  (a  suburb  of  Minneapolis).  These  buildings  are  used  for  office  space  including  executive  offices,  television
studios,  broadcast  facilities,  call  center  operations  and  administrative  offices.  We  own  an  approximately  600,000  square  foot
distribution facility in Bowling Green, Kentucky, which we use primarily for the fulfillment of merchandise purchased and sold
by us and for certain call center operations. Our owned real property in Eden Prairie, Minnesota and Bowling Green, Kentucky is
currently pledged as collateral under our PNC Credit Facility. We lease retail space in Saint Paul, Minnesota, which consists of
approximately  900  square  feet  and  is  used  for  our  Emerging  segment  retailer,  J.W.  Hulme,  and  our  agreement  for  such  space
expires in April 2024. We also lease office space in Juno Beach, Florida, which consists of approximately 6,400 square feet and
is  used  for  our  Emerging  segment  Media  Commerce  Services  brand,  Float  Left,  and  our  agreement  for  such  space  expires  in
February 2025.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that suitable additional alternative space

will be available as needed to accommodate expansion of operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

For  additional  information  regarding  our  legal  proceedings,  see  Note  18  –  “Litigation”  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated

financial statements.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.

24

Table of Contents

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

PART II

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "IMBI."

Holders

As of April 21, 2021, we had approximately 693 common shareholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any dividends with respect to our common stock. Any future determination by us to pay
cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our results of
operations,  financial  condition,  any  contractual  restrictions  then  existing  and  other  factors  deemed  relevant  at  the  time  by  the
board  of  directors.  We  currently  expect  to  retain  our  earnings  for  the  development  and  expansion  of  our  business  and  do  not
anticipate paying cash dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.

We are restricted from paying dividends on our common stock by the PNC Credit Facility, as discussed in "Management’s

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Sources of Liquidity."

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no authorizations for repurchase programs or repurchases made by or on behalf of us or any affiliated purchaser

for shares of any class of our equity securities in any fiscal month within the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we did not sell any equity securities that were not registered under the Securities Act, that were

not previously reported in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or in a current report on Form 8-K.

Shareholder Rights Plan

During fiscal 2015, we adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan to preserve the value of certain deferred tax benefits, including
those generated by net operating losses. On July 10, 2015, we declared a dividend distribution of one purchase right (a “Right”)
for  each  outstanding  share  of  our  common  stock  to  shareholders  of  record  as  of  the  close  of  business  on  July  23,  2015  and
issuable as of that date. On July 13, 2015, we entered into a Shareholder Rights Plan (the “Rights Plan”) with Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., a national banking association, with respect to the Rights. Except in certain circumstances set forth in the Rights Plan, each
Right entitles the holder to purchase from us one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred
Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company (“Preferred Stock” and each one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock, a “Unit”)
at a price of $90.00 per Unit.

The Rights initially trade together with the common stock and are not exercisable. Subject to certain exceptions specified in
the  Rights  Plan,  the  Rights  will  separate  from  the  common  stock  and  become  exercisable  following  (i)  the  tenth  calendar  day
after a public announcement or filing that a person or group has become an “Acquiring Person,” which is defined as a person who
has  acquired,  or  obtained  the  right  to  acquire,  beneficial  ownership  of  4.99%  or  more  of  the  common  stock  then  outstanding,
subject to certain exceptions, or (ii) the tenth calendar day (or such later date as may be determined by the board of directors)
after any person or group commences a tender or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in a person or group
becoming an Acquiring Person. If a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, each Right will entitle its holders (other than
such  Acquiring  Person)  to  purchase  one  Unit  at  a  price  of  $90.00  per  Unit.  A  Unit  is  intended  to  give  the  shareholder
approximately the same dividend, voting and liquidation rights as would one share of common stock, and should approximate the
value  of  one  share  of  common  stock.  At  any  time  after  a  person  becomes  an  Acquiring  Person,  the  board  of  directors  may
exchange all or part of the outstanding Rights (other than those held by an Acquiring Person) for shares of common stock at an
exchange rate of one share of common stock (and, in

25

Table of Contents

certain  circumstances,  a  Unit)  for  each  Right.  We  will  promptly  give  public  notice  of  any  exchange  (although  failure  to  give
notice will not affect the validity of the exchange).

On July 12, 2019, our shareholders  re-approved  the Rights Plan at the 2019 annual meeting  of shareholders.  The Rights
will  expire  upon  certain  events  described  in  the  Rights  Plan,  including  the  close  of  business  on  the  date  of  the  third  annual
meeting of shareholders following the last annual meeting of shareholders of the Company at which the Rights Plan was most
recently  approved  by  shareholders,  unless  the  Rights  Plan  is  re-approved  by  shareholders  at  that  third  annual  meeting  of
shareholders. However, in no event will the Rights Plan expire later than the close of business on July 13, 2025.

Until the close of business on the tenth calendar day after the day a public announcement or a filing is made indicating that
a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, we may in our sole and absolute discretion amend the Rights or the Rights
Plan agreement without the approval of any holders of the Rights or shares of common stock in any manner, including without
limitation,  amendments  that  increase  or  decrease  the  purchase  price  or  redemption  price  or  accelerate  or  extend  the  final
expiration  date  or  the  period  in  which  the  Rights  may  be  redeemed.  We  may  also  amend  the  Rights  Plan  after  the  close  of
business  on  the  tenth  calendar  day  after  the  day  such  public  announcement  or  filing  is  made  to  cure  ambiguities,  to  correct
defective or inconsistent provisions, to shorten or lengthen time periods under the Rights Plan or in any other manner that does
not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights. No amendment of the Rights Plan may extend its expiration date.

The foregoing summary of the Rights Plan does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of
the Rights Plan agreement, which has been filed as Exhibit 4.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by
reference.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Not applicable.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  qualified  by  reference  to  and
should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  in  this
annual report on Form 10-K. This annual report on Form 10-K, including the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, may contain certain “forward-looking” information within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This information involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ
materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Discussion, analysis and comparisons of Fiscal 2018 and
Fiscal 2019 that are not included in this report can be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 2020.

Overview

Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business

In  light  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  have  focused  on  taking  necessary  steps  to  keep  our  employees,  contractors,
vendors,  customers,  guests,  and  their  families  safe  during  these  uncertain  times.  Throughout  the  pandemic,  we have  mandated
that  non-essential  personnel  work  from  home,  reduced  the  number  of  personnel  who  are  allowed  in  our  facilities  and  on  our
production sets, and implemented increased cleaning protocols, social distancing measures, and temperature screenings for those
personnel  who enter  our  facilities.  We  have  also  mandated  that  all  essential  personnel  who do  not  feel  comfortable  coming  to
work  will  not  be  required  to  do  so.  We  have  experienced  certain  disruptions  in  our  business  due  to  these  modifications  and
resource constraints. Restrictions on travel have also negatively impacted the availability of some of our on-air experts and has
eliminated our ability to produce remote broadcasts. We have also experienced longer ship times in our transportation network,
which has driven increased calls into our customer service center and increased wait times.

26

Table of Contents

In view of the COVID-19 pandemic,  we reduced  spending broadly across the Company, only proceeding  with operating
and capital spending that is critical. In addition, we eliminated positions across the ShopHQ segment during the first quarter of
fiscal  2020,  the  majority  of  which  were  in  customer  service,  order  fulfillment,  and  television  production.  We  developed
contingency plans to reduce costs further if the situation deteriorates. We will continue to actively monitor the situation and may
take  further  actions  that  alter  our  business  operations  as  may  be  required  by  federal,  state,  or  local  authorities  or  that  we
determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, suppliers and shareholders. As a result, at the time of this filing,
the COVID-19 pandemic remains fluid and we are unable to determine or predict the overall impact it will have on our business,
results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources.

Despite these past and potential adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe it has impacted our business less
than other media companies because of our direct-to-consumer business model that serves home-bound consumers seeking to buy
goods without leaving the safety of their homes. As a result, beginning at the end of March 2020 and continuing through the third
quarter of 2020, we observed an increase in demand for merchandise within our beauty & wellness product category, particularly
in health products, and decreases in demand for merchandise within our fashion category and higher priced merchandise within
our  jewelry  category.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020,  we  shifted  airtime  into  higher  priced  merchandise  in  our  jewelry
category, as we observed a rebound in demand, and decreased airtime in health related products in our beauty & wellness product
category. We have continued to offer our installment payment option. While we expect demand for our products will continue,
we  cannot  estimate  the  impact  that  the  COVID-19  pandemic  will  have  on  our  business  in  the  future  due  to  the  unpredictable
nature  of  the  ultimate  scope  and  duration  of  the  pandemic.  As  the  COVID-19  pandemic  continues,  there  is  risk  of  changes  in
consumer demand, consumer spending patterns, and changes in consumer tastes which may adversely affect our operating results.

Summary Results for Fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated  net  sales  during  fiscal  2020  were  $454.2  million  compared  to  $501.8  million  during  fiscal  2019,  a  9%
decrease. Consolidated net sales during fiscal 2019 were $501.8 million compared to $596.6 million during fiscal 2018, a 16%
decrease. We reported an operating loss of $7.9 million and a net loss of $13.2 million for fiscal 2020. The operating loss and net
loss  for  fiscal  2020  included  restructuring  costs  of  $715,000  and  transaction,  settlement  and  integration  costs  totaling  $1.2
million. We reported an operating loss of $52.5 million and a net loss of $56.3 million for fiscal 2019. The operating loss and net
loss for fiscal 2019 included restructuring costs of $9.2 million; a non-cash inventory write-down of $6.1 million; executive and
management transition costs of $2.7 million; rebranding costs of $1.3 million; and transaction, settlement and integration costs,
net,  totaling  $694,000.  We  reported  an  operating  loss  of  $18.6  million  and  a  net  loss  of  $22.2  million  for  fiscal  2018.  The
operating  loss  and  net  loss  for  fiscal  2018  included  executive  and  management  transition  costs  of  $2.1  million;  transaction,
settlement and integrations costs of $1.5 million; and a gain of $665,000 related to the sale of our Boston television station.

Public Equity Offering

On August 28, 2020, we completed a public offering, in which we issued and sold 2,760,000 shares of our common stock at
a public offering price of $6.25 per share, including 360,000 shares sold upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase
additional shares. After underwriter discounts and commissions and other offering costs, net proceeds from the public offering
were approximately $15.8 million. We are using the proceeds for general working capital purposes.

Private Placement

On April 14, 2020, we entered into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement with certain individuals and entities,
pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 1,836,314 shares of our common stock, issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of
979,190  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  price  of  $2.66  per  share,  and  fully-paid  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  114,698
shares of our common stock at a price of $0.001 per share in a private placement, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $4.0
million. The initial closing occurred on April 17, 2020 and we received gross proceeds of $1.5 million. The additional closings
occurred  on  May  22,  2020,  June  8,  2020,  June  12,  2020  and  July  11,  2020  and  we  received  aggregate  gross  proceeds  of  $2.5
million. We have used the proceeds for general working capital purposes.

 The  purchasers  consisted  of  the  following:  Invicta  Media  Investments,  LLC,  Michael  and  Leah  Friedman  and  Hacienda
Jackson LLC. Invicta Media Investments, LLC is owned by Invicta Watch Company of America, Inc. (“IWCA”), which is the
designer and manufacturer of Invicta-branded watches and watch accessories, one of our largest and longest

27

Table of Contents

tenured brands. Michael and Leah Friedman are owners and officers of Sterling Time, LLC, which is the exclusive distributor of
IWCA’s watches and watch accessories  for television home shopping and our long-time vendor. IWCA is owned by our Vice
Chair and director, Eyal Lalo, and Michael Friedman also serves as a director of our company. A description of the relationship
between  the  Company,  IWCA  and  Sterling  Time  is  contained  in  Note  19  -  “Related  Party  Transactions”  in  the  notes  to  our
consolidated financial statements. Further, Invicta Media Investments, LLC and Michael and Leah Friedman comprise a “group”
of investors within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that is our largest
shareholder.

The  warrants  have  an  exercise  price  per  share  of  $2.66  and  are  exercisable  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  from  six
months  following  their  issuance  date  until  April  14,  2025.  We  have  included  a  blocker  provision  in  the  purchase  agreement
whereby no purchaser may be issued shares of our common stock if the purchaser would own over 19.999% of our outstanding
common stock and, to the extent a purchaser in this offering would own over 19.999% of our outstanding common stock, that
purchaser will receive fully-paid warrants (in contrast to the coverage warrants that will be issued in this transaction, as described
above) in lieu of the shares that would place such holder’s ownership over 19.999%. Further, we included a similar blocker in the
warrants (and amended the warrants purchased by the purchasers on May 2, 2019, if any) whereby no purchaser of the warrants
may exercise a warrant if the holder would own over 19.999% of our outstanding common stock.

Restructuring Costs

During  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  implemented  and  completed  another  cost  optimization  initiative,  which  eliminated
positions  across  the  ShopHQ  segment,  the  majority  of  which  were  in  customer  service,  order  fulfillment  and  television
production. As a result of the fiscal 2020 cost optimization  initiative,  we recorded restructuring  charges of $715,000 for fiscal
2020,  which  relate  primarily  to  severance  and  other  incremental  costs  associated  with  the  consolidation  and  elimination  of
positions across the ShopHQ segment. These initiatives were substantially completed as of January 30, 2021, with related cash
payments expected to continue through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. The fiscal 2020 optimization  initiative  is expected to
eliminate approximately $16 million in annual overhead costs.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of

net sales.

Net sales
Gross margin
Operating expenses:

Distribution and selling
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring costs
Executive and management transition costs
Gain on sale of television station

Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Interest expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Income tax provision

Net loss

28

Fiscal Year Ended
January 30,     February 1,     February 2, 
2020
 100.0 %  
 32.6 %  

2021
 100.0 %  
 36.8 %  

2019
 100.0 %
 34.7 %

 28.6 %  
 4.5 %  
 5.3 %  
 0.1 %  
 — %  
 — %  
 38.5 %  
 (1.7)%  
 (1.2)%  
 (2.9)%  
 — %  
 (2.9)%  

 34.0 %  
 5.1 %  
 1.6 %  
 1.8 %  
 0.6 %  
 — %  
 43.1 %  
 (10.5)%  
 (0.7)%  
 (11.2)%  
 — %  
 (11.2)%  

 32.2 %
 4.3 %
 1.0 %
 — %
 0.4 %
 (0.1)%
 37.8 %
 (3.1)%
 (0.6)%
 (3.7)%
 — %
 (3.7)%

 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents

Key Operating Metrics

Merchandise Metrics

Gross margin %
Net shipped units (in thousands)
Average selling price
Return rate
ShopHQ Digital net sales % (a)
Total Customers - 12 Month Rolling (in
thousands)

January 30,
2021

     Change     

Fiscal Year Ended
February 1,
2020

     Change     

February 2,
2019

 36.8 %  

 6,497  
$61  
 14.8 %  
 50.8 %  

 420  bps
 (5)%  
 (6)%  
 (460)bps  
 (190)bps  

 32.6 %  
 6,872  
$65  
 19.4 %  
 52.7 %  

 (210)bps
 (26)%  
 12 %  
 40 bps 
 (40)bps 

 34.7 %
 9,235
$58
 19.0 %
 53.1 %

 1,020  

 (2)%    

 1,041  

 (14)%    

 1,205

(a) Digital net sales percentage is calculated based on net sales that are generated from our transactional websites and mobile

platforms, which are primarily ordered directly online.

Program Distribution

ShopHQ reached more than 80 million homes as of January 30, 2021. We continue to increase the number of channels on
existing distribution platforms and alternative distribution methods, including reaching deals to launch our programming on high
definition ("HD") channels. We believe that our distribution strategy of pursuing additional channels in productive homes already
receiving our programming is a more balanced approach to growing our business than merely adding new television homes in
untested areas. We believe that having an HD feed of our service allows us to attract new viewers and customers.

Television Distribution Rights

During  fiscal  2020, we entered  into  certain  affiliation  agreements  with  television  providers  for  carriage  of  our  television
programming  over  their  systems,  including  channel  placement  rights.  As  a  result,  we  recorded  a  television  distribution  rights
asset  of  $43.7  million.  The  liability  relating  to  the  television  distribution  rights  was  $36.5  million  as  of  January  30,  2021,  of
which $29.2 million was classified as current. We believe having favorable channel positioning within the general entertainment
area  on  the  distributor's  channel  line-up  impacts  our  sales.  We  believe  that  a  portion  of  our  sales  is  attributable  to  purchases
resulting  from  channel  "surfing"  and  that  a  channel  position  near  popular  cable  networks  increases  the  likelihood  of  such
purchases. See Note 2 – “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a
discussion on our accounting policy for television distribution rights.

Net Shipped Units

The number of net shipped units (shipped units less returned units) during fiscal 2020 decreased 5% from fiscal 2019 to 6.5
million from 6.9 million. The number of net shipped units during fiscal 2019 decreased 26% from fiscal 2018 to 6.9 million from
9.2 million. The decrease in the net shipped units during fiscal 2020 was driven primarily by a decrease in consolidated net sales,
partially  offset  by  a  mix  shift  into  health  products  within  our  beauty  &  wellness  product  category.  The  decrease  in  net  units
shipped during fiscal 2019 was primarily driven by a decrease in consolidated net sales and by offering a higher average selling
price in our jewelry & watches and home & consumer electronics product categories. The decrease in net shipped units during
fiscal  2019  was  also  driven  by  shifting  our  merchandise  mix  out  of  fashion  &  accessories,  which  is  a  high  unit  volume  sales
category.

Average Selling Price

The average selling price ("ASP") per net unit was $61 in fiscal 2020, a 6% decrease from fiscal 2019. The decrease in the
ASP during fiscal 2020 was primarily driven by a mix shift into health products within our beauty & wellness product category,
which was a lower ASP assortment. For fiscal 2019, the ASP was $65, a 12% increase from fiscal 2018. The increase in the ASP
during  fiscal  2019  was  primarily  driven  by  a  mix  shift  into  jewelry  &  watches  from  our  fashion  &  accessories  category,
combined with ASP increases in our jewelry & watches and home & consumer electronics product categories.

29

 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Product Return Rates

Our product return rate was 14.8% in fiscal 2020 compared to 19.4% in fiscal 2019, a 460 bps decrease. The decrease in the
fiscal  2020  return  rate  was  driven  by  return  rate  decreases  in  all  product  categories,  primarily  in  our  jewelry  &  watches  and
beauty & wellness product categories. The decrease in the return rate was additionally driven by a sales mix shift out of jewelry
and into beauty & wellness, which has a lower return rate. Our return rate was 19.4% in fiscal 2019 and 19.0% in fiscal 2018. We
continue to monitor our product return rates in an effort to keep our overall product return rates commensurate with our current
product mix and our average selling price levels.

Total Customers

Total  customers  is  determined  by  counting  the  total  customers  who  made  a  purchase  during  the  prior  12  months.  Total
customers during the last twelve months, as of January 30, 2021, decreased 2% from the prior year to approximately 1,020,000.
Total customers purchasing over the last twelve months, as of February 1, 2020, decreased 14% from the prior year to 1,041,000.

Total customers have declined for the last six years, primarily driven by decreases in attracting new customers compared to
the  prior  year.  Although  we  increased  our  new  customers  during  fiscal  2020  compared  to  the  prior  year,  we  are  continually
working on reversing this trend by implementing the following initiatives, among others, to increase our active customer file:

●

●

introducing by appointment viewing “static programming,” so viewers know when to tune in;

launching  innovative  programming,  such  as  “Learning  to  Cook  with  Shaq,”  “Fashion  Talk  with  Fatima,”  and
“GemHQ”; and

●

establishing category specific customer growth priorities around ASP, product assortment and product margins.

Net Sales

Consolidated  net  sales,  inclusive  of  shipping  and  handling  revenue,  for  fiscal  2020  were  $454.2  million,  a  9%  decrease
from consolidated net sales of $501.8 million for fiscal 2019. Consolidated net sales, inclusive of shipping and handling revenue,
for fiscal 2019 were $501.8 million, a 16% decrease from consolidated net sales of $596.6 million for fiscal 2018.

Net Sales Trends

During  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  our  consolidated  net  sales,  inclusive  of  shipping  and  handling  revenue,  decreased  9%  and
16%, which continued a multi-year trend of net sales decreases. Our continued decrease in net sales was primarily driven by a 2%
and  14%  decline  in  our  12-month  active  customer  file  (as  discussed  under  “Total  Customers”  above).  This  trend  has  been  a
significant driver of our sales decreases over the prior two years.

Fiscal 2020 Consolidated Net Sales Compared to Fiscal 2019

ShopHQ

Net merchandise sales by category:

Jewelry & Watches
Home & Consumer Electronics
Beauty & Wellness
Fashion & Accessories
All other (primarily shipping & handling revenue)

Total ShopHQ

Emerging

Consolidated net sales

For the Fiscal Years Ended
     January 30,      February 1,     

2021

2020
(dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change 

$  161,999
 62,910
 124,222
 45,261
 42,750
 437,142
 17,029
$  454,171

$  200,893
 106,025
 80,945
 65,616
 42,628
 496,107
 5,715
$  501,822

$  (38,894) 
 (43,115) 
 43,277  
 (20,355) 
 122  
 (58,965) 
 11,314  
$  (47,651) 

 (19)%
 (41)%
 53 %
 (31)%
 0 %
 (12)%
 198 %
 (9)%

30

 
    
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Jewelry & Watches: The $38.9 million decrease in jewelry & watches was primarily due to decreased airtime of 13%. The
decrease was additionally driven by reduced productivity (sales per on-air minute) from a declining active customer file
during fiscal 2020. Jewelry & watches continues to be our most productive category. The airtime decreases in jewelry &
watches was primarily within jewelry, as we shifted airtime into beauty & wellness as a result of increased demand for
health-related products during the second, third and fourth quarters.

Home & Consumer Electronics: The $43.1 million decrease was driven by a 33% reduction in airtime during fiscal 2020

and a declining active customer file.

Beauty & Wellness: The $43.3 million increase in fiscal 2020 was driven by increased active customers. The increase was

also driven by increased airtime of 78% during fiscal 2020.

Fashion & Accessories: The $20.4 million decrease was driven by a decreased active customer base and an overall softness

in this product category. The decrease was additionally driven by reduced airtime of 19%.

Other: The $0.1 million increase was driven by increased revenue from monthly subscriptions to the ShopHQ VIP customer
program, mostly offset by decreased shipping & handling revenue resulting from the 5% decrease in net shipped units.

Emerging Businesses: The $11.3 million increase was driven by revenue from business initiatives commencing within or
following  the  comparable  prior  year  period,  such  as  our  third-party  logistics  services  (i3PL),  ShopBulldogTV,
OurGalleria.com,  and  recently  acquired  businesses,  J.W.  Hulme  and  Float  Left.  Additionally,  revenue  for  fiscal  2020
includes  the  results  from  ShopHQHealth,  which  launched  during  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  The  increase  was
partially offset by reduced sales from our niche website, princetonwatches.com.

Digital and Mobile Net Sales

We  believe  that  our  television  shopping  program  is  a  key  driver  of  traffic  to  both  our  website  and  mobile  applications
whereby many of the online sales originate from customers viewing our television program and then placing their orders online
or  through  mobile  devices.  Our  digital  sales  penetration,  or,  the  percentage  of  ShopHQ  net  sales  that  are  generated  from  our
website and mobile platforms, which are primarily ordered directly online, was 50.8% in fiscal 2020 as compared to 52.7% in
fiscal  2019  and  53.1%  in  fiscal  2018.  Overall,  we  continue  to  deliver  strong  digital  sales  penetration.  Our  mobile  penetration
decreased to 55.5% of total digital orders during fiscal 2020 versus 57.3% and 54.0% of total digital orders during fiscal 2019
and fiscal 2018.

Gross Profit

ShopHQ
Emerging

Consolidated gross profit

For the Fiscal Years Ended
     January 30,      February 1,     

2021

2020
(dollars in thousands)
$  162,809
 828
$  163,637

$  160,190
 6,863
$  167,053

$  (2,619) 
 6,035  
$  3,416  

 (2)%
 729 %
 2 %

Change     % Change  

Consolidated  gross  profit  for  fiscal  2020  was  $167.1  million,  an  increase  of  2%,  compared  to  $163.6  million  for  fiscal
2019.  ShopHQ’s  gross  profit  decreased  $2.6  million,  or  2%  compared  to  fiscal  2019.  The  decrease  in  ShopHQ’s  gross  profit
during fiscal 2020 was primarily driven by the 12% decrease in net sales (as discussed above), partially offset by higher gross
profit percentages experienced in most product categories during fiscal 2020. ShopHQ’s fiscal 2019 gross profit includes a non-
cash inventory impairment write-down of $6.1 million. Emerging's gross profit increased $6.0 million compared to fiscal 2019
and was primarily driven by the increase in net sales (as discussed above).

Consolidated gross margin percentages for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 were 36.8% and 32.6%, which represents a 420 basis
point increase. ShopHQ's gross margin percentages fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 were 36.6% and 32.8%, which represent a 380
basis point increase. The increase in ShopHQ’s gross margin percentage reflects the following: a 210 basis point margin increase
attributable  to  increased  gross  profit  rates  in  most  product  categories,  primarily  jewelry  &  watches  and  home  &  consumer
electronics; a 140 basis point margin increase attributable to a shift into our beauty & wellness category, which typically has a
higher margin; a 40 basis point increase due to higher shipping and handling margins; and

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

a 10 basis point increase attributable to decreased inventory write-offs. The category gross profit rates were positively impacted
by more disciplined pricing and markdown execution. Emerging's gross margin percentages for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 were
40.3%  and  14.5%.  The  increase  in  the  Emerging  gross  margin  percentage  reflects  business  initiatives  commencing  within  or
following  the  comparable  prior  year  period,  such  as  i3PL,  ShopBulldogTV,  ShopHQHealth,  and  recently  acquired  businesses,
J.W. Hulme and Float Left.

Operating Expenses

Total  operating  expenses  were  $175.0  million,  $216.2  million  and  $225.5  million  for  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal
2018, representing a decrease of $41.2 million or 19% from fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020, and a decrease of $9.3 million, or 4% from
fiscal 2018 to fiscal 2019. Total operating expenses as a percentage of net sales were 38.5%, 43.1% and 37.8% for fiscal 2020,
fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  Total  operating  expense  for  fiscal  2020  included  restructuring  costs  of  $715,000.  Total  operating
expense for fiscal 2019 included restructuring costs of $9.2 million; executive and management transition costs of $2.7 million
and  rebranding  costs  of  $1.3  million.  Total  operating  expenses  for  fiscal  2018  included  executive  and  management  transition
costs  of  $2.1  million  and  a  gain  of  $665,000  from  the  sale  of  our  Boston  television  station.  Excluding  restructuring  costs,
executive and management transition costs and the gain on sale of television station, total operating expenses as a percentage of
net sales were 38.4%, 40.7% and 37.5% for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018.

Distribution and selling expense for fiscal 2020 decreased $40.7 million, or 24%, to $129.9 million or 28.6% of net sales
compared to $170.6 million or 34.0% of net sales in fiscal 2019. Distribution and selling expense decreased during fiscal 2020
due to decreased program distribution expense of $25.6 million, decreased variable expenses of $9.6 million, decreased salaries
and  benefits  of  $6.1  million,  decreased  online  selling  and  search  fees  of  $905,000,  decreased  travel  expense  of  $444,000,
decreased direct mail advertising of $350,000, decreased production expense of $204,000, and integration costs included in the
comparable prior year period of $383,000 relating to the start-up of our third party logistics business and launch of our customer
loyalty program, called ShopHQ VIP. The decrease from the comparable prior period was partially offset by increased accrued
incentive compensation of $1.6 million and a $1.5 million gain included in the comparable prior year period related to proceeds
on  the  sale  of  our  claim  related  to  the  Payment  Card  Interchange  Fee  and  Merchant  Discount  Antitrust  Litigation  class  action
lawsuit.  The  decrease  in  program  distribution  expense  was  driven  by  renegotiated  agreements  with  certain  cable  and  satellite
distributors  resulting  in  lower  rates,  a  decrease  in  access  fees  attributable  to  a  lower  average  number  of  homes  receiving  our
programming,  and  by  acquiring  television  distribution  rights  in  lieu  of  continuing  monthly  subscriber  fee  obligations.  The
decrease in variable costs was primarily driven by decreased variable fulfillment and customer service salaries and wages of $5.6
million  and  decreased  variable  credit  card  processing  fees  and  bad  debt  expense  of  $4.4  million,  partially  offset  by  increased
customer service telecommunications expense of $474,000. Total variable expenses during fiscal 2020 were approximately 8.5%
of total net sales versus 9.5% of total net sales for the prior year comparable period.

To the extent that our ASP changes, our variable expense as a percentage of net sales could be impacted as the number of
our shipped units change. Program distribution expense is primarily a fixed cost per household, however, this expense may be
impacted  by  changes  in  the  number  of  average  homes  or  channels  reached  or  by  rate  changes  associated  with  changes  in  our
channel position with carriers.

General and administrative expense for fiscal 2020 decreased $5.3 million, or 21%, to $20.3 million, or 4.5% of net sales
compared to $25.6 million or 5.1% of net sales in fiscal 2019. For fiscal 2020, the decrease in general and administrative expense
was primarily due to decreased salaries of $2.8 million, decreased share-based compensation expense of $1.3 million, decreased
rebranding  costs  of  $1.3  million,  decreased  contract  settlement  costs  of  $602,000,  decreased  travel  expense  of  $155,000,
decreased costs of $121,000 related to costs included in the comparable prior year period to amend our Articles of Incorporation
and to effect a one-for-ten reverse stock split of our common stock, and decreased transaction and integration costs of $94,000.
The  decrease  from  the  comparable  period  was  partially  offset  by  increased  accrued  incentive  compensation  of  $720,000  and
increased costs of $183,000 related to consulting fees incurred to explore additional loan financings and incremental COVID-19
legal costs.

Depreciation  and amortization  expense was $24.0 million,  $8.1 million  and $6.2 million for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and
fiscal 2018, representing an increase of $16.0 million, or 198% from fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020 and an increase of $1.8 million, or
29%  from  fiscal  2018  to  fiscal  2019.  Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  was  5.3%  for  fiscal
2020, 1.6% for fiscal 2019 and 1.0% for fiscal 2018. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for fiscal 2020 was
primarily due to increased amortization expense of $16.9 million related to the channel placement

32

Table of Contents

rights obtained during fiscal 2020, increased amortization expense of $309,000 related to the intangible assets acquired during
our fourth quarter fiscal 2019 business acquisitions, and increased depreciation expense of $30,000 resulting from an average net
increase in our non-fulfillment depreciable asset base year over year. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for
fiscal  2020  was  partially  offset  by  decreased  amortization  expense  of  $1.3  million  relating  primarily  to  the  accelerated
amortization of the Evine trademark in fiscal 2019.

Operating Loss

We reported an operating loss of $7.9 million in fiscal 2020 compared to an operating loss of $52.5 million for fiscal 2019.
ShopHQ and Emerging reported operating losses of $3.6 million and $4.3 million for fiscal 2020 compared to $47.0 million and
$5.6 million for fiscal 2019. For fiscal 2020, ShopHQ’s operating loss improved primarily as a result of decreases in distribution
and  selling  expense,  restructuring  costs,  general  and  administrative  expense,  and  executive  and  management  transition  costs.
ShopHQ's operating loss also improved due to the non-cash inventory write-down of $6.1 million during the comparable prior
period. The improvement in ShopHQ's operating loss was partially offset by increased depreciation and amortization expense and
decreased gross profit driven by decreased net sales. Emerging's operating loss improved during fiscal 2020 primarily from an
increase  in  gross  profit  of  $6.0  million  driven  by  an  increase  in  net  sales  and  decreased  restructuring  costs  of  $938,000.  The
improvement in Emerging’s operating loss was partially offset by increased distribution and selling expense of $3.8 million and
increased general and administrative expense of $1.8 million.

Interest Expense

Total interest expense for fiscal 2020 increased $1.5 million, or 39%, to $5.2 million compared to $3.8 million for fiscal
2019.  During  fiscal  2020,  we  recorded  liabilities  relating  to  television  distribution  rights,  which  represent  the  present  value  of
payments for the television channel placement rights. The interest expense recorded during fiscal 2020 includes interest expense
of $1.4 million imputed on our television distribution rights obligation. The total television distribution rights liability was $36.5
million as of January 30, 2021, of which $29.2 million was classified as current in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Estimated interest expense related to the television distribution obligation is $1.3 million for fiscal 2021 and $212,000 for fiscal
2022.  The  increase  in  interest  rate  expense  for  fiscal  2020  was  additionally  driven  by  increased  vendor  financing  interest  of
$277,000,  partially  offset  by  a  lower  average  balance  outstanding  on  our  PNC  Credit  Facility,  an  impact  of  approximately
$320,000.

Income Taxes

For fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, our net loss reflects an income tax provision of $60,000, $11,000 and $65,000,
which relates to state income taxes payable on certain income for which there is no loss carryforward benefit available. We have
not recorded any income tax benefit on the losses recorded during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 due to the uncertainty
of realizing income tax benefits in the future as indicated by our recording of an income tax valuation allowance. Based on our
recent history of losses, a full valuation allowance has been recorded and was calculated in accordance with GAAP, which places
primary importance on our most recent operating results when assessing the need for a valuation allowance. We will continue to
maintain  a  valuation  allowance  against  our net  deferred  tax  assets,  including  those  related  to  net operating  loss carryforwards,
until we believe it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized in the future.

Net Loss

For  fiscal  2020,  we  reported  a  net  loss  of  $13.2  million,  or  $1.23  per  basic  and  dilutive  share,  on  10,745,916  weighted
average  common  shares  outstanding.  For  fiscal  2019,  we  reported  a  net  loss  of  $56.3  million,  or  $7.54  per  basic  and  dilutive
share,  on  7,462,380  weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding.  For  fiscal  2018  we  reported  a  net  loss  of  $22.2  million  or
$3.35 per basic and dilutive share, on 6,607,321 weighted average common shares outstanding. Net loss for fiscal 2020 includes
restructuring costs of $715,000; interest expense of $5.2 million; and transaction, settlement and integrations costs totaling $1.2
million. Net loss for fiscal 2019 includes restructuring costs of $9.2 million; a non-cash inventory write-down of $6.1 million;
executive and management transition costs of $2.7 million; rebranding costs of $1.3 million; interest expense of $3.8 million; and
transaction, settlement and integrations costs, net, totaling $694,000. Net loss for fiscal 2018 includes executive and management
transition costs of $2.1 million, contract termination costs of $753,000, business development and expansion costs of $796,000, a
gain on the sale of our Boston television station of $665,000, and interest expense of $3.5 million.

33

Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation

Adjusted  EBITDA  (as  defined  below)  for  fiscal  2020  was  $23.9  million  compared  with  Adjusted  EBITDA  of  $(18.4)

million for fiscal 2019 and $(2.4) million for fiscal 2018.

A reconciliation of the comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss), to Adjusted EBITDA follows, in thousands:

Net loss
Adjustments:

Depreciation and amortization (a)
Interest income
Interest expense
Income taxes

EBITDA (b)

A reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
EBITDA (b)
Adjustments:

Transaction, settlement and integration costs, net (c)
Restructuring costs
Inventory impairment write-down
Executive and management transition costs
Rebranding costs
Gain on sale of television station
Non-cash share-based compensation expense

Adjusted EBITDA (b)

January 30,
2021
$  (13,234)

For the Fiscal Years Ended
February 1,
2020
$  (56,296)

February 2,
2019
$  (22,157)

 27,978
 (3)
 5,237
 60
 20,038

 12,014
 (17)
 3,777
 11
$  (40,511)

$

$

 10,164
 (34)
 3,502
 65
 (8,460)

$

 20,038

$  (40,511)

$

 (8,460)

 1,200
 715
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 694
 9,166
 6,050
 2,741
 1,265

 —  

 1,960
 23,913

$

 2,204
$  (18,391)

$

 1,549
 —
 —
 2,093
 —
 (665)
 3,064
 (2,419)

(a)

Includes  distribution  facility  depreciation  of  $4.0  million,  $4.0  million  and  $3.9  million  for  the  years  ended  January  30,
2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019. Distribution facility depreciation is included as a component of cost of sales
within  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  year  ended  January  30,  2021  includes  amortization
expense related to the television distribution rights totaling $16.9 million.

(b) EBITDA  as  defined  for  this  statistical  presentation  represents  net  income  (loss)  for  the  respective  periods  excluding
depreciation  and  amortization  expense,  interest  income  (expense)  and  income  taxes.  We  define  Adjusted  EBITDA  as
EBITDA excluding non-operating gains (losses); transaction, settlement and integration costs, net; restructuring costs; non-
cash  impairment  charges  and  write  downs;  executive  and  management  transition  costs;  rebranding  costs;  gain  on  sale  of
television station; and non-cash share-based compensation expense.

(c) Transaction, settlement and integration costs for the year ended January 30, 2021 include consulting fees incurred to explore
additional loan financings, settlement costs, professional fees related to the TheCloseOut.com transaction, and incremental
COVID-19 related legal costs. Transaction, settlement and integration costs, net, for year ended February 1, 2020 includes
contract settlement costs of $1.2 million; business acquisition and integration-related costs of $246,000 to acquire Float Left
and J.W. Hulme; costs incurred related to the implementation of our ShopHQ VIP customer loyalty program and our third-
party logistics service offerings of $658,000, costs incurred to amend our Articles of Incorporation and to effect a one-for-ten
reverse stock split of our common stock of $121,000, partially offset by a $1.5 million gain for the sale of our claim related
to  the  Payment  Card  Interchange  Fee  and  Merchant  Discount  Antitrust  Litigation  class  action  lawsuit.  Transaction,
settlement and integration costs for the year ended February 2, 2019 includes business development and expansion costs of
$796,000 and contract termination costs of $753,000.

We have included the term "Adjusted EBITDA" in our EBITDA reconciliation in order to adequately assess the operating
performance of our video and digital businesses and in order to maintain comparability to our analyst’s coverage and financial
guidance, when given. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA allows investors to make a meaningful comparison between
our core business operating results over different periods of time with those of other similar

34

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

companies. In addition, management uses Adjusted EBITDA as a metric measure to evaluate operating performance under our
management  and  executive  incentive  compensation  programs.  Adjusted  EBITDA  should  not  be  construed  as  an  alternative  to
operating income (loss), net income (loss) or to cash flows from operating activities as determined in accordance with GAAP and
should  not  be  construed  as  a  measure  of  liquidity.  Adjusted  EBITDA  may  not  be  comparable  to  similarly  entitled  measures
reported by other companies.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

As  of  January  30,  2021,  we  had  cash  of  $15.5  million.  In  addition,  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility,  we  are  required  to
maintain a minimum of $10 million of unrestricted cash plus unused line availability at all times. As of February 1, 2020, we had
cash of $10.3 million. During fiscal 2020, working capital increased $191,000 to $33.7 million compared to working capital of
$33.5  million  for  fiscal  2019  (see  "Cash  Requirements"  below  for  additional  information  on  changes  in  working  capital
accounts). The current ratio (our total current assets divided by total current liabilities) was 1.2 at January 30, 2021 and 1.3 at
February 1, 2020.

Sources of Liquidity

Our  principal  source  of  liquidity  is  our  available  cash  and  our  additional  borrowing  capacity  under  our  revolving  credit
facility with PNC Bank, N.A. ("PNC"), a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. As of January 30, 2021, we had
cash  of  $15.5  million  and  additional  borrowing  capacity  of  $12.6  million.  Our  cash  was  held  in  bank  depository  accounts
primarily for the preservation of cash liquidity.

PNC Credit Facility

On February 9, 2012, we entered into a credit and security agreement (as amended through February 5, 2021, the "PNC
Credit Facility") with PNC, as lender and agent. The PNC Credit Facility, which includes CIBC Bank USA (formerly known as
The  Private  Bank)  as  part  of  the  facility,  provides  a  revolving  line  of  credit  of  $70.0  million  and  provides  for  a  term  loan  on
which we had originally drawn to fund improvements at our distribution facility in Bowling Green, Kentucky and to partially pay
down our previously outstanding term loan with GACP Finance Co., LLC. All borrowings under the PNC Credit Facility mature
and are payable on July 27, 2023. Subject to certain conditions, the PNC Credit Facility also provides for the issuance of letters of
credit  in  an  aggregate  amount  up  to  $6.0  million  which,  upon  issuance,  would  be  deemed  advances  under  the  PNC  Credit
Facility. The PNC Credit Facility also provides for an accordion feature that would allow us to expand the size of the revolving
line  of credit  by an  additional  $20.0 million  at  the  discretion  of the  lenders  and  upon certain  conditions  being met.  Maximum
borrowings and available capacity under the revolving line of credit under the PNC Credit Facility are equal to the lesser of $70.0
million or a calculated borrowing base comprised of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory.

The  revolving  line  of  credit  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility  bears  interest  at  either  a  Base  Rate  or  LIBOR  plus  a  margin
consisting of between 2% and 3.5% on Base Rate advances and 3% and 4.5% on LIBOR advances based on our trailing twelve-
month reported leverage ratio (as defined in the PNC Credit Facility) measured semi-annually as demonstrated in our financial
statements.  The term loan bears interest at either a Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin consisting of between 4% and 5% on Base
Rate term loans and 5% to 6% on LIBOR Rate term loans based on our leverage ratio measured annually as demonstrated in our
audited financial statements.

As of January 30, 2021, we had borrowings of $41.0 million under our revolving line of credit. As of January 30, 2021, the
term  loan under  the PNC Credit  Facility  had  $12.4 million  outstanding,  of which  $2.7 million  was classified  as  current  in  the
accompanying  balance  sheet.  Remaining  available  capacity  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  as  of  January  30,  2021  was
approximately  $12.6  million,  which  provides  liquidity  for  working  capital  and  general  corporate  purposes.  In  addition,  as  of
January 30, 2021, our unrestricted cash plus unused line availability was $28.0 million, we were in compliance with applicable
financial covenants of the PNC Credit Facility and expect to be in compliance with applicable financial covenants over the next
twelve months.

Principal borrowings under the term loan are payable in monthly installments over an 84-month amortization period that
commenced  on  September  1,  2018  and  are  also  subject  to  mandatory  prepayment  in  certain  circumstances,  including,  but  not
limited to, upon receipt of certain proceeds from dispositions of collateral.  Borrowings under the term loan are also subject to
mandatory prepayment in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of excess cash flow for such fiscal year, with any such payment
not to exceed $2.0 million in any such fiscal year.

35

Table of Contents

The  PNC  Credit  Facility  contains  customary  covenants  and  conditions,  including,  among  other  things,  maintaining  a
minimum of unrestricted cash plus unused line availability of $10.0 million at all times and limiting annual capital expenditures.
Certain financial covenants, including minimum EBITDA levels (as defined in the PNC Credit Facility) and a minimum fixed
charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0, become applicable only if unrestricted  cash plus unused line availability  falls below $10.8
million. In addition, the PNC Credit Facility places restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or prepay existing
indebtedness,  to  create  liens  or  other  encumbrances,  to  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  assets,  to  merge  or  consolidate  with  other
entities, and to make certain restricted payments, including payments of dividends to common shareholders.

Public Equity Offerings

On August 28, 2020, we completed a public offering, in which we issued and sold 2,760,000 shares of our common stock at
a public offering price of $6.25 per share, including 360,000 shares sold upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase
additional shares. After underwriter discounts and commissions and other offering costs, net proceeds from the public offering
were approximately $15.8 million. We are using the proceeds for general working capital purposes.

Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020, on February 22, 2021, we completed a public offering, in which we issued and sold
3,289,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  public  offering  price  of  $7.00  per  share,  including  429,000  shares  sold  upon  the
exercise  of  the  underwriter’s  option  to  purchase  additional  shares.  After  underwriter  discounts  and  commissions  and  other
offering costs, net proceeds from the public offering were approximately  $21.2 million. Please refer  to Note 22 - “Subsequent
Events” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement

On April 14, 2020, we entered into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement with certain individuals and entities,
pursuant to which we will issue and sell shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. The
initial closing occurred on April 17, 2020 and we issued an aggregate of 731,937 shares and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
367,197 shares of our common stock. We received gross proceeds of $1.5 million for the initial closing. The additional closings
occurred  during  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020  with  an  aggregate  cash  purchase  price  of  $2.5  million,  in  which  we  issued
1,104,377 shares of our common stock, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 611,993 shares of our common stock at a price of
$2.66 per share, and fully-paid warrants to purchase an aggregate of 114,698 shares of our common stock at a price of $0.001 per
share.  See Note 10 - "Shareholders' Equity" in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Other

Our  ValuePay  program  is  an  installment  payment  program  which  allows  customers  to  pay  by  credit  card  for  certain
merchandise  in  two  or  more  equal  monthly  installments.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  we  had  approximately  $49.7  million  of  net
receivables  due  from  customers  under  the  ValuePay  program.  Another  potential  source  of  near-term  liquidity  is  our  ability  to
increase our cash flow resources by reducing the percentage of our sales offered under our ValuePay installment program or by
decreasing the length of time we extend credit to our customers under this installment program. However, any such change to the
terms  of  our  ValuePay  installment  program  could  impact  future  sales,  particularly  for  products  sold  with  higher  price  points.
Please see "Cash Requirements" below for a discussion of our ValuePay installment program.

Cash Requirements

Currently,  our  principal  cash  requirements  are  to  fund  our  business  operations,  which  consist  primarily  of  purchasing
inventory for resale, funding ValuePay installment receivables, funding our basic operating expenses, particularly our contractual
commitments  for  cable  and  satellite  programming  distribution,  and  the  funding  of  necessary  capital  expenditures.  We  closely
manage our cash resources and our working capital. We attempt to manage our inventory receipts and reorders in order to ensure
our inventory investment levels remain commensurate with our current sales trends. We also monitor the collection of our credit
card  and  ValuePay  installment  receivables  and  manage  our  vendor  payment  terms  in  order  to  more  effectively  manage  our
working capital which includes matching cash receipts from our customers, to the extent possible, with related cash payments to
our  vendors.  ValuePay  remains  a  cost-effective  promotional  tool  for  us.  We  continue  to  make  strategic  use  of  our  ValuePay
program in an effort to increase sales and to respond to similar competitive programs.

36

Table of Contents

We also have significant future commitments for our cash, primarily payments for cable and satellite program distribution
obligations and the eventual repayment of our credit facility. As of January 30, 2021, we had total contractual cash obligations
and commitments primarily with respect to our cable and satellite agreements, credit facility, operating leases, and finance lease
payments totaling approximately $181.2 million coming due over the next five fiscal years. Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020,
we acquired certain assets related to the Christopher & Banks eCommerce business. See Note 22 - “Subsequent Events” in the
notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.  

We have experienced a decline in net sales and a decline in our active customer file during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 and
a  corresponding  impact  to  our  profitability.  We  have  taken  or  are  taking  the  following  steps  to  enhance  our  operations  and
liquidity  position:  completed  equity  public  offerings  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  and  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020  in
which  we received  proceeds  of  $21.2 million  and  $15.8  million,  after  deducting  underwriters’  discounts  and  commissions  and
other offering costs; entered into a private placement securities purchase agreements in which we received gross proceeds of $6.0
million during the first quarter of fiscal 2019; entered into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement in which we received
gross proceeds of $4.0 million during the first six months of fiscal 2020; implemented a reduction in overhead costs totaling $22
million  in  expected  annualized  savings  for  the  reductions  made  during  fiscal  2019  and  $16  million  in  expected  annualized
savings  for  the  reductions  made  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  primarily  driven  by  a  reduction  in  our  work  force;
negotiated  improved  payment  terms  with  our  inventory  vendors;  renegotiating  with  certain  cable  and  satellite  distributors  to
reduce our service costs and improve our payment terms; reduced capital expenditures in fiscal  2020 compared to prior years;
managed  our  inventory  receipts  in  fiscal  2020  to  reduce  our  inventory  on  hand;  implemented  by  appointment  viewing  "static
programming"  to  increase  viewership;  launching  or  have  launched  new  innovative  programming;  and  establishing  category
specific customer growth priorities around ASP, product assortment and product margins; launched ShopHQHealth, an additional
television  network  that  offers  a  robust  assortment  of  products  and  services  dedicated  to  addressing  the  physical,  spiritual  and
mental health needs of customers; and entered into a licensing agreement to operate the Christopher & Banks business.

Our ability to fund operations and capital expenditures in the future will be dependent on our ability to generate cash flow
from operations, maintain or improve margins, decrease the rate of decline in our sales and to use available funds from our PNC
Credit Facility. Our ability to borrow funds is dependent on our ability to maintain an adequate borrowing base and our ability to
meet our credit facility's covenants (as described above). We believe that it is probable our existing cash balances, together with
the  cost  cutting  measures  described  above  and  our  availability  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility,  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  our
normal business operations over the next twelve months from the issuance of this report. However, there can be no assurance that
we will be able to achieve our strategic initiatives or obtain additional funding on favorable terms in the future which could have
a significant adverse effect on our operations.

For  fiscal  2020,  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  totaled  $6.2  million  compared  to  net  cash  used  for  operating
activities  of  $6.2  million  in  fiscal  2019  and  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  of  $7.2  million  in  fiscal  2018.  Net  cash
provided  by  operating  activities  for  fiscal  2020  reflects  a  net  loss,  as  adjusted  for  depreciation  and  amortization,  share-based
payment compensation, payments for television distribution rights and amortization of deferred financing costs. In addition, net
cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2020 reflects decreases in inventories, accounts receivable and prepaid expenses,
and  an  increase  in  deferred  revenue;  partially  offset  by  decreases  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities.  Inventories
decreased  primarily  as  a  result  of  disciplined  management  of  overall  working  capital  components  commensurate  with  sales.
Accounts receivable decreased primarily due to lower sales levels, as well as a slight decrease in the utilization of our ValuePay
installment program. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased during the first nine months of fiscal 2020 primarily due
to a decrease in inventory payables as a result of lower inventory levels and timing of payments to vendors, a decrease in accrued
severance resulting from our 2019 cost optimization initiative and 2019 executive and management transition, and a decrease in
accrued cable distribution fees.

Net cash used for operating activities for fiscal 2019 reflects a net loss, as adjusted for depreciation and amortization, share-
based payment  compensation,  inventory  impairment  write-down,  and the amortization  of deferred  financing  costs. In addition,
net cash used for operating activities for fiscal 2019 reflects an increase in inventories; partially offset by increases in accounts
payable  and  accrued  liabilities,  decreases  in  accounts  receivable  and  prepaid  expenses,  and  increases  in  deferred  revenue.
Inventory increased as a result of lower than expected sales during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 and management's plan to
increase  our  air-time  in  consumer  electronics,  which  are  primarily  drop-shipped  from  our  vendors,  and  decrease  airtime  for
merchandise previously purchased in our long lead time businesses. Accounts receivable decreased primarily due to lower sales
levels,  as  well  as  a  slight  decrease  in  the  utilization  of  our  ValuePay  installment  program.  Accounts  payable  and  accrued
liabilities increased during the first twelve months of fiscal 2019 primarily due to

37

Table of Contents

an  increase  in  accrued  cable  distribution  fees  as  a  result  of  negotiated  extended  payment  agreements,  an  increase  in  inventory
payables as a result of higher inventory purchases during the holiday season and the timing of these elevated inventory payments
made to vendors, and an increase in accrued severance resulting from our 2019 cost optimization initiative and 2019 executive
and management transition. The increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities was partially offset by a decrease in freight
payables and a decrease in our merchandise return liability.

Net cash used for investing activities totaled $4.9 million for fiscal 2020 compared to net cash used for investing activities
of  $7.8  million  for  fiscal  2019.  Expenditures  for  property  and  equipment  were  $4.9  million  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  $7.1
million  in  fiscal  2019.  The  decrease  in  capital  expenditures  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  fiscal  2019  primarily  related  to
expenditures  made  for  the  upgrades  in  our  customer  service  call  routing  technology  during  fiscal  2019.  Additional  capital
expenditures  made  during  the  periods  presented  relate  primarily  to  the  development,  upgrade  and  replacement  of  computer
software,  order  management,  merchandising  and  warehouse  management  systems,  related  computer  equipment,  digital
broadcasting  equipment,  and  other  office  equipment,  warehouse  equipment  and  production  equipment.  Principal  future  capital
expenditures  are  expected  to  include:  the  development,  upgrade  and  replacement  of  various  enterprise  software  systems;
equipment improvements and technology upgrades at our distribution facility in Bowling Green, Kentucky; security upgrades to
our  information  technology;  the  upgrade  of  television  production  and  transmission  equipment;  related  computer  equipment
associated  with  the  expansion  of  our  television  shopping  business  and  digital  commerce  initiatives;  and  the  assets  acquired  to
operate  the  Christopher  &  Banks  eCommerce  business  as  described  in  Note  22  –  “Subsequent  Events”  in  the  notes  to  our
consolidated financial statements. During fiscal 2019, we paid $635,000 for the acquisition of J.W. Hulme and Float Left.

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  totaled  $5.2  million  in  fiscal  2020  and  related  primarily  to  proceeds  from  our
PNC revolving loan of $26.4 million and proceeds from the issuance of common stock and warrants of $20.0 million, offset by
principal payments on the PNC revolving loan of $39.3 million, principal payments on our PNC term loan of $2.7 million, final
payments related to our fiscal 2019 business acquisitions of $238,000, payments for common stock issuance costs of $216,000,
finance  lease  payments  of  $103,000  and  tax  payments  for  restricted  stock  unit  issuances  of  $13,000.  Net  cash  provided  by
financing activities totaled $3.3 million in fiscal 2019 and related primarily to proceeds from our PNC revolving loan of $188.1
million and proceeds from the issuance of common stock and warrants of $6.0 million, offset by principal payments on the PNC
revolving loan of $188.1 million, principal payments on our PNC term loan of $2.5 million, payments for common stock issuance
costs of $109,000, finance lease payments of $71,000 and tax payments for restricted stock unit issuances of $39,000.

Financial Covenants

The  PNC  Credit  Facility  contains customary  covenants  and  conditions,  including,  among  other  things,  maintaining  a
minimum of unrestricted cash plus unused line availability of $10.0 million at all times and limiting annual capital expenditures.
Certain financial covenants, including minimum EBITDA levels (as defined in the PNC Credit Facility) and a minimum fixed
charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0, become applicable only if unrestricted  cash plus unused line availability  falls below $10.8
million or upon an event of default. As of January 30, 2021, our unrestricted cash plus unused line availability was $28.0 million,
and we were in compliance with applicable financial covenants of the PNC Credit Facility and expect to be in compliance with
applicable financial covenants over the next twelve months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or

debt. Additionally, we are not party to any derivative contracts or synthetic leases.

Impact of Inflation

We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for each of the fiscal years in the three-
year period ended January 30, 2021. We cannot assure you that inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results
and financial condition in future periods.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See  Note  2  -  "Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies"  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a

discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

38

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  discusses  our  consolidated
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. On an on-going basis, management
evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including those related to the realizability of accounts receivable, inventory and product
returns. Management bases its estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Management believes the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant assumptions and estimates used

in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements:

●

●

Accounts receivable. We  utilize  an  installment  payment  program  called  ValuePay  that  entitles  customers  to  purchase
merchandise and pay for the merchandise in two or more equal monthly credit card installments in which we bear the
risk of collection. The percentage of our net sales generated utilizing our ValuePay payment program over the past three
fiscal  years  ranged  from  55%  to  67%.  As  of  January  30,  2021  and  February  1,  2020,  we  had  approximately  $49.7
million  and  $56.9  million  due  from  customers  under  the  ValuePay  installment  program.  We  maintain  allowances  for
doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of  our  customers  to  make  required  payments.
Estimates are used in determining the provision for doubtful accounts and are based on historical rates of actual write
offs  and  delinquency  rates,  historical  collection  experience,  credit  policy,  current  trends  in  the  credit  quality  of  our
customer base, average length of ValuePay offers, average selling prices, our sales mix and accounts receivable aging.
The provision for doubtful accounts, which is primarily related to our ValuePay program, for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019
and fiscal 2018 was $4.9 million, $7.3 million and $7.8 million. Based on our fiscal 2020 bad debt experience, a one-
half point increase  or decrease  in our bad debt experience as a percentage  of total net sales would have an impact  of
approximately $1.4 million on consolidated distribution and selling expense.

 stage  of  product  life  cycle  and  whether  items  are  selling  below  cost.

Inventory. We value our inventory, which consists primarily of consumer merchandise held for resale, principally at the
lower of average cost or net realizable value. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, we had inventory balances
of $68.7 million and $78.9 million. We regularly review inventory quantities on hand and record a provision for excess
and obsolete inventory based primarily on the following factors: age of the inventory, estimated required sell-through
time,
 In  determining  appropriate
reserve  percentages,  we  look  at  our  historical  write  off  experience,  the  specific  merchandise  categories  affected,  our
historic  recovery  percentages  on  various  methods  of  liquidations,  return  to  vendor  contract  rights,  forecasts  of  future
planned  receipts,  forecasts  of  inventory  levels,  forecasts  of  future  product  airings  and  current  markdown  processes.
Provision for excess and obsolete inventory for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 was $5.5 million, $8.8 million
and $5.1 million. The fiscal 2019 provision includes a non-cash inventory write-down of $6.1 million resulting from a
change in our merchandise strategy (see Note 17 - "Inventory Impairment Write-down" in the notes to our consolidated
financial  statements).  Based  on  our  fiscal  2020  inventory  write  down  experience,  a  10%  increase  or  decrease  in
inventory write downs would have had an impact of approximately $560,000 on consolidated gross profit.

● Merchandise returns. We record a merchandise return liability as a reduction of gross sales for anticipated merchandise
returns  at  each  reporting  period  and  must  make  estimates  of  potential  future  merchandise  returns  related  to  current
period  product  revenue.  Our  return  rates  on  our  total  net  sales  were  14.8%  in  fiscal  2020,  19.4%  in  fiscal  2019,  and
19.0% in fiscal 2018. We estimate and evaluate the adequacy of our merchandise returns liability by analyzing historical
returns by merchandise category, looking at current economic trends and changes in customer demand and by analyzing
the acceptance of new product lines. Assumptions and estimates are made and used in connection with establishing the
merchandise  return  liability  in  any  accounting  period.  As  of  January  30,  2021  and  February  1,  2020,  we  recorded  a
merchandise return liability of $5.3 million and $5.8 million, included in accrued liabilities, and a right of return asset of
$2.7 million and $3.2 million, included in

39

Table of Contents

other current assets. Based on our fiscal 2020 sales returns, a one-point increase or decrease in our returns rate would
have had an impact of approximately $2.1 million on gross profit.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not applicable.

40

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OF iMEDIA BRANDS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and
February 2, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

42
44
45

46
47
48

41

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of
iMedia Brands, Inc. and subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of iMedia Brands Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of
January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows,
for  each  of  the  three  fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  January  30,  2021,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the
"financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  January  30,  2021,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United
States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company
Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in
accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to
error  or  fraud.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  have,  nor  were  we  engaged  to  perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over
financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting
but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical  audit matter communicated  below is a matter arising from the current-period  audit of the financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are
material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and
we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Inventory Obsolescence Reserve– Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable value. The Company maintains an inventory
reserve based primarily on the age of the inventory, estimated required sell-through time, stage of product life cycle and whether
items  are  selling  below  cost.    In  determining  appropriate  inventory  reserve  percentages,  the  Company  evaluates  a  number  of
factors including its historical write off experience, the specific merchandise categories affected, its historic recovery percentages
on various methods of liquidations, and return to vendor contract rights, as well as forecasts of future planned receipts, inventory
levels, and product airings.

Inventories, net, and the inventory reserve at January 30, 2021, totaled $68.7 million and $10.0 million, respectively.  

42

Table of Contents

Given  the  significant  judgments  necessary  to  identify  and  record  the  inventory  reserve  timely,  performing  audit  procedures  to
evaluate management’s estimates of the net realizable value for the inventory on-hand as of the reporting date involved a high
degree of auditor judgment.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to management’s estimates of the net realizable value for the inventory on-hand as of the reporting
date included the following, among others:

● We evaluated the appropriateness and consistency of management’s methodology and assumptions used in determining

the inventory reserve.

● We obtained the Company’s inventory reserve calculation and tested the mathematical accuracy.
● We  tested  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  the  underlying  data  used  in  the  calculation  of  the  Company’s  inventory

reserve.

● We  selected  a  sample  of  inventory  items  and  evaluated  historical  sales  performance  relative  to  management’s

conclusions on the ability to sell through the inventory on-hand at the forecasted levels.

● We performed a retrospective review of actual product sales activity and the relative gross margins earned subsequent to

fiscal year end to assess potential bias present in the reserve estimate.

/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 23, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002

43

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Current portion of television distribution rights, net
Prepaid expenses and other

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Television distribution rights, net
Other assets
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of television distribution rights obligations
Current portion of long term credit facility
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Deferred revenue

Total current liabilities

Other long term liabilities
Long term credit facility

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:

     January 30,

     February 1,

2021

2020

(In thousands, except share and 
per share data)

$

$

$

15,485
61,951
68,715
19,725
7,853
173,729
41,988
7,028
3,892
226,637

77,995
29,509
29,173
2,714
462
213
140,066
8,855
50,666
199,587

$

$

$

10,287
63,594
78,863
—
8,196
160,940
47,616
—
4,187
212,743

83,659
40,250
—
2,714
704
141
127,468
335
66,246
194,049

Preferred stock, $0.01 per share par value, 400,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and
outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 per share par value, 29,600,000 and 14,600,000 shares authorized as of
January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020; 13,019,061 and 8,208,227 shares issued and
outstanding as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total shareholders’ equity

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

—  

—

130
474,375
(447,455)
27,050
226,637

$

82
452,833
(434,221)
18,694
212,743

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

44

 
   
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

January 30,
2021

For the Fiscal Years Ended
February 1,
2020
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

February 2,
2019

Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Operating expense:

Distribution and selling
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring costs
Executive and management transition costs
Gain on sale of television station

Total operating expense

Operating loss
Other income (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense

Total other expense, net

Loss before income taxes
Income tax provision
Net loss
Net loss per common share
Net loss per common share — assuming dilution
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

$

$

454,171
287,118
167,053

129,920
20,336
24,022
715
—  
—  

174,993
(7,940)

3
(5,237)
(5,234)
(13,174)
(60)
(13,234)
(1.23)
(1.23)

$
$
$

$
$
$

$

501,822
338,185
163,637

170,587
25,611
8,057
9,166
2,741

—  

216,162
(52,525)

17
(3,777)
(3,760)
(56,285)
(11)
(56,296)
(7.54)
(7.54)

$
$
$

596,637
389,790
206,847

191,917
25,883
6,243
—
2,093
(665)
225,471
(18,624)

34
(3,502)
(3,468)
(22,092)
(65)
(22,157)
(3.35)
(3.35)

10,745,916
10,745,916

7,462,380
7,462,380

6,607,321
6,607,321

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019

Common Stock

Number 
of Shares

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital

Accumulated 
Deficit
(In thousands, except share data)

     Par Value

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity

BALANCE, February 3, 2018

Net loss
Common stock issuances pursuant to equity
compensation awards
Share-based payment compensation

BALANCE, February 2, 2019

Net loss
Common stock issuances pursuant to equity
compensation awards
Share-based payment compensation
Common stock issuances pursuant to business
acquisitions
Common stock and warrant issuance

BALANCE, February 1, 2020

Net loss
Common stock issuances pursuant to equity
compensation awards
Exercise of warrants
Share-based payment compensation
Common stock and warrant issuance

BALANCE, January 30, 2021

65
—  

$ 439,699

$ (355,768) $
(22,157)

—  

6,529,045

$
—  

262,889

—  

6,791,934

—  

45
3,064
  442,808

3
—  
68
—  

—  

225,293

—  

2
—  

(41)
2,204

391,000
800,000
8,208,227

—  

1,852
6,010
  452,833

4
8
82
—  

—  

—  
—  

(377,925)
(56,296)

—  
—  

—  
—  

(434,221)
(13,234)

99,822
114,698

—  

4,596,314
13,019,061

$

1
1
—  
46
130

(14)
(1)
1,960
19,597
$ 474,375

—  
—
—  
—  
$ (447,455) $

83,996
(22,157)

48
3,064
64,951
(56,296)

(39)
2,204

1,856
6,018
18,694
(13,234)

(13)
—
1,960
19,643
27,050

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46

    
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used for)
operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Share-based payment compensation
Inventory impairment write-down
Payments for television distribution rights
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Gain on sale of television station
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Deferred revenue
Prepaid expenses and other
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Property and equipment additions
Cash paid for business acquisitions
Proceeds from the sale of assets

Net cash used for investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from issuance of revolving loan
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrants
Proceeds from issuance of term loan
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Payments on revolving loan
Payments on term loan
Payments for business acquisition
Payments for common stock issuance costs
Payments on finance leases
Payments for restricted stock issuance
Payments for deferred financing costs

For the Fiscal Years Ended

January 30,
2021

February 1,
2020
(in thousands)

February 2,
2019

$ (13,234)

$

(56,296)

$

(22,157)

27,978
1,960

—  

(8,567)
196
—  

12,014
2,204
6,050
—
201
—  

1,643
10,148
98
1,360
(15,351)
6,231

(4,892)

—  
—  

18,285
(18,816)
58
776
29,367
(6,157)

(7,146)
(638)

—  

(4,892)

(7,784)

26,400
20,043
—
—
(39,300)
(2,714)
(238)
(216)
(103)
(13)
—  

188,100
6,000
—
—
(188,100)
(2,488)

—  

(109)
(71)
(39)
—  

10,164
3,064
—
—
215
(665)

14,796
3,539
(35)
905
(2,614)
7,212

(8,768)
—
665
(8,103)

239,300
—
5,821
181
(245,300)
(2,325)
—
—
(12)
(133)
(96)
(2,564)
(3,455)
24,390
20,935

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash equivalents
BEGINNING CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH EQUIVALENTS
ENDING CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH EQUIVALENTS

3,859
5,198
10,287
15,485

3,293
(10,648)
20,935
10,287

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

   
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(1)  The Company

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Fiscal Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019

iMedia  Brands,  Inc.  (formerly  EVINE  Live  Inc.)  and  its  subsidiaries  ("we,"  "our,"  "us,"  or  the  "Company")  are  a  leading
interactive  media  company  that  owns  a  growing  portfolio  of  lifestyle  television  networks,  consumer  brands,  media  commerce
services and online marketplaces. The Company's television brands are ShopHQ, ShopBulldogTV and ShopHQHealth. ShopHQ is
the  Company's  nationally  distributed  shopping  entertainment  network  that  offers  a  mix  of  proprietary,  exclusive  and  name-brand
merchandise in the categories of jewelry & watches, home & consumer electronics, beauty & wellness, and fashion & accessories
directly to consumers 24 hours a day in an engaging and informative shopping experience. ShopBulldogTV, which launched in the
fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  is  a  niche  television  shopping  entertainment  network  that  is  geared  toward  male  consumers.
ShopHQHealth,  which  launched  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  is  a  health  and  wellness  focused  television  shopping
entertainment  network  that  offers  a robust  assortment  of products  and services  dedicated  to addressing  the physical,  spiritual  and
mental  health  needs  of  its  customers  and  their  families.  The  Company's  television  shopping  entertainment  programming  is
distributed  through  cable  and  satellite  distribution  agreements,  agreements  with  telecommunications  companies  and  arrangements
with  over-the-air  broadcast  television  stations.  It  is  also  streamed  live  online  at  shophq.com,  shopbulldogtv.com  and
shophqhealth.com,  which  are  comprehensive  digital  commerce  platforms  that  sell  products  which  appear  on  the  Company's
television  shopping  entertainment  networks  as  well  as  an  extended  assortment  of  online-only  merchandise.  The  Company's
programming  is  also  available  on  mobile  channels  and  over-the-top  ("OTT")  platforms.  Both  the  Company's  programming  and
products are also marketed via mobile devices, including smartphones and tablets, and through the leading social media channels.

The Company's consumer brands include Christopher & Banks, J.W. Hulme Company ("J.W. Hulme"), Learning to Cook with
Shaquille O’Neal, Kate & Mallory, Live Fit MD, and Indigo Thread. The Christopher & Banks brand was acquired subsequent to
the end of fiscal 2020 on March 1, 2021 through a licensing agreement with ReStore Capital, a Hilco Global company, whereby the
Company will operate the Christopher & Banks business, a specialty retailer of privately branded women's apparel and accessories,
throughout all sales channels, including digital, television, catalog, and brick and mortar retail.  J.W. Hulme was acquired during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.

The  Company's  Media  Commerce  Services  brands  are  Float  Left  Interactive,  Inc.  ("Float  Left")  and  third-party  logistics
business  i3PL.  Float  Left  was  acquired  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019.  Media  Commerce  Services  offers  creative  and
interactive advertising, OTT app services and third-party logistics.

The Company’s online marketplaces include OurGalleria.com and TheCloseout.com. OurGalleria.com is a higher-end online
marketplace for discounted merchandise, offering an exciting shopping experience with a selection of curated flash sales and events.
TheCloseout.com is an online retail store offering quality products at deeply discounted prices. The Company obtained a controlling
interest in TheCloseout.com subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020 on February 5, 2021.

On July 16, 2019, the Company changed its corporate name to iMedia Brands, Inc. from EVINE Live Inc. Effective July 17,
2019, the Company’s Nasdaq trading symbol also changed from EVLV to IMBI. On August 21, 2019, the Company changed the
name of its primary network, Evine, back to ShopHQ, which was the name of the network in 2014.

(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to January 31 and results in either a 52-week or 53-week fiscal year.
References  to  years  in  this  report  relate  to  fiscal  years,  rather  than  to  calendar  years.  The  Company’s  most  recently  completed
fiscal year, fiscal 2020, ended on January 30, 2021, and consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2019 ended on February 1, 2020 and consisted
of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2018 ended on February 2, 2019 and consisted of 52 weeks.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

48

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Revenue is recognized  when control  of the promised  merchandise  is transferred  to customers  in an amount  that  reflects  the
consideration  the Company expects  to receive  in exchange  for the merchandise,  which is upon shipment.  Revenue for services  is
recognized when the services are provided to the customer. Revenue is reported net of estimated sales returns, credits and incentives,
and excludes sales taxes. Sales returns are estimated and provided for at the time of sale based on historical experience.

A performance  obligation  is a promise in a contract  to transfer  a distinct  good or service  to the customer  and is the unit of
account in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 606. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance
obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. Substantially all of the Company’s sales
are single performance obligation arrangements for transferring control of merchandise to customers.

In accordance with ASC 606-10-50, the Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by significant product
groups  and  timing  of  when  the  performance  obligations  are  satisfied.  A  reconciliation  of  disaggregated  revenue  by  segment  and
significant product group is provided in Note 11 - "Business Segments and Sales by Product Group."

As of January 30, 2021, the Company had no remaining performance obligations for contracts with original expected terms of
one year or more. The Company has applied the practical expedient to exclude the value of remaining performance obligations for
contracts with an original expected term of one year or less.

The Company’s merchandise is generally sold with a right of return for up to a certain number of days after the merchandise is
shipped  and  the  Company  may  provide  other  credits  or  incentives,  which  are  accounted  for  as  variable  consideration  when
estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. Merchandise returns and other credits are estimated at contract inception and updated
at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available.

The Company evaluated whether it is the principal (i.e., report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., report revenues on a
net basis) in certain vendor arrangements where the merchandise is shipped directly from the vendor to the Company’s customer and
the purchase and sale of inventory is virtually simultaneous. Generally, the Company is the principal and reports revenues from such
vendor arrangements on a gross basis, as it controls the merchandise before it is transferred to the customer. The Company’s control
is evidenced by it being primarily responsible to the customers, establishing price and its inventory risk upon customer returns.

Merchandise Returns

The  Company  records  a  merchandise  return  liability  as  a  reduction  of  gross  sales  for  anticipated  merchandise  returns.  The
Company  estimates  and  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  its  merchandise  return  liability  by  analyzing  historical  returns  by  merchandise
category,  looking  at  current  economic  trends  and  changes  in  customer  demand  and  by  analyzing  the  acceptance  of  new  product
lines.  Assumptions  and  estimates  are  made  and  used  in  connection  with  establishing  the  merchandise  return  liability  in  any
accounting period. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company recorded a merchandise return liability of $5,271,000
and $5,820,000, included in accrued liabilities, and a right of return asset of $2,749,000 and $3,171,000, included in other current
assets.

Shipping and Handling

The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the merchandise.
Shipping and handling fees charged  to customers are recognized when the customer obtains control of the merchandise, which is
upon shipment. The Company accrues costs for shipping and handling activities, which occur subsequent to transfer of control to the
customer and are recorded as cost of sales in the accompanying statements of operations.

Sales Taxes

The Company has elected to exclude from revenue the sales taxes imposed on its sales and collected from customers.

49

Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company utilizes an installment payment program called ValuePay that entitles customers to purchase merchandise and
generally  pay for the  merchandise  in two or more  equal monthly  credit  card installments.  The Company has elected  the practical
expedient to not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component when the payment
terms  are  less  than  one  year.  Accounts  receivable  consist  primarily  of  amounts  due  from  customers  for  merchandise  sales,
receivables  from  credit  card  companies,  and amounts due from  vendors for unsold and returned  products and are reflected  net of
reserves  for  estimated  uncollectible  amounts.  A  provision  for  ValuePay  bad  debts  is  provided  as  a  percentage  of  ValuePay
receivables in the period of sale and is based on historical experience. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company
had  approximately  $49,736,000  and  $56,928,000  of  net  receivables  due  from  customers  under  the  ValuePay  installment  program
and total reserves for estimated uncollectible amounts of $3,132,000 and $6,579,000.

Cost of Sales and Other Operating Expenses

Cost  of  sales  includes  primarily  the  cost  of  merchandise  sold  and  services  provided,  shipping  and  handling  costs,  inbound
freight  costs,  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  charges,  distribution  facility  depreciation  and  vendor  share  based  payment
compensation. Purchasing and receiving costs, including costs of inspection, are included as a component of distribution and selling
expense and were approximately $5,085,000, $8,730,000 and $10,299,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. Distribution
and selling expense consists primarily of cable and satellite access fees, credit card fees, bad debt expense and costs associated with
purchasing  and  receiving,  inspection,  marketing  and  advertising,  show  production,  website  marketing  and  merchandising,
telemarketing,  customer  service,  warehousing,  fulfillment  and  share  based  compensation.  General  and  administrative  expense
consists  primarily  of  costs  associated  with  executive,  legal,  accounting  and  finance,  information  systems  and  human  resources
departments,  software  and  system  maintenance  contracts,  insurance,  investor  and  public  relations,  share  based  compensation  and
director fees.

Cash

Cash  consists  of  cash  on  deposit.  The  Company  maintains  its  cash  balances  at  financial  institutions  in  demand  deposit
accounts that are federally insured. The Company has not experienced losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any
significant credit risk on its cash.

Restricted Cash Equivalents

The Company’s restricted cash equivalents consisted of certificates of deposit with original maturities of three months or less
and were generally restricted  for a period ranging from 30 to 60 days. Interest income is recognized when earned. The following
table provides a reconciliation of cash and restricted cash equivalents reported with the consolidated balance sheets to the total of the
same amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

Cash
Restricted cash equivalents

Total cash and restricted cash equivalents

Inventories

$

15,485,000

     January 30,2021      February 1,2020   February 2, 2019
20,485,000
450,000
20,935,000

$
—  
$

$
—  
$

15,485,000

10,287,000

10,287,000

$

Inventories, which consists of consumer merchandise held for resale, are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable
value, giving consideration to obsolescence provision write downs of $5,512,000, $8,798,000 and $5,149,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal
2019  and  fiscal  2018.  As  of  January  30,  2021  and  February  1,  2020,  inventory  obsolescence  reserves  were  $9,985,000  and
$12,320,000.  Additional  disclosure  of  the  fiscal  2019  obsolescence  provision  write  down  is  provided  in  Note  17  -  "Inventory
Impairment  Write-down."  During  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018,  products  purchased  from  one  vendor  accounted  for  approximately
20%,  19%  and  14%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  sales.  During  fiscal  2020,  products  purchased  from  a  second  vendor
accounted  for  approximately  14%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  sales.  These  two  vendors  are  related  parties  and  additional
information is included in Note 19 - "Related Party Transactions."

50

 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Marketing and Advertising Costs

Marketing and advertising costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of contractual marketing fees paid to certain
cable operators for cross channel promotions and online advertising, including amounts paid to online search engine operators and
customer  mailings.  Total  marketing  and  advertising  costs  and  online  search  marketing  fees  totaled  $3,852,000,  $4,673,000  and
$4,561,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. The Company includes advertising costs as a component of distribution and
selling expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Improvements and renewals that extend the life of
an  asset  are  capitalized  and  depreciated.  Repairs  and  maintenance  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  The  cost  and  accumulated
depreciation  of  property  and  equipment  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of  are  removed  from  the  related  accounts,  and  any  residual
values  are  charged  or  credited  to  operations.  Depreciation  and  amortization  for  financial  reporting  purposes  are  provided  on  a
straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives. Costs incurred to develop software for internal use and for the Company’s
websites are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. Costs related to maintenance of internal-use
software and for the Company’s website are expensed as incurred. Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment would be recognized
when the carrying amount of an asset or asset group exceeds the future estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated
by the asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment
charge is recognized in the amount that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

Television Distribution Rights

Television  distribution  rights  are  affiliation  agreements  with  television  service  providers  for  carriage  of  the  Company’s
television  programming  over  their  systems,  including  channel  placement  rights,  which  generally  run  from  one  to  three  years.
Contract payments are made in installments over terms that are generally equal to or shorter than the contract period. Pursuant to
accounting guidance for the broadcasting industry, an asset and a liability for the rights acquired and obligations incurred under a
license  agreement  are  reported  on  the  balance  sheet  when  the  cost  of  each  television  distribution  right  is  known  or  reasonably
determinable, has been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the agreement, and is available for its first use on the affiliate’s
system. Television distribution rights are recorded at the present value of the contract payments and are amortized on a straight-line
basis over the lives of the individual agreements. Amortization expense for television distribution rights is included in depreciation
and  amortization.  Television  distribution  rights  are  evaluated  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  the
carrying amount may not be recoverable. Television distribution rights to be used within one year are reflected as a current asset in
the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  liability  relating  to  television  distribution  rights  payable  within  one  year  are
classified as current in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The long-term portion of the obligations is included in other
long term liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Intangible Assets

Identifiable intangibles with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and those identifiable intangibles with
indefinite  lives  are  not  amortized.  Identifiable  intangible  assets  that  are  subject  to  amortization  are  evaluated  for  impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Identifiable intangible assets
not subject to amortization are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events warrant. The impairment test consists of a
comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation  is recognized  for  all  stock-based  compensation  arrangements  by the Company,  including  employee  and non-
employee stock option and restricted stock unit grants. The estimated grant date fair value of each stock-based award is recognized
as  compensation  over  the  requisite  service  period,  which  is  generally  the  vesting  period.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  is
recognized net of forfeitures, which the Company estimates based on historical data. The estimated

51

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

fair  value  of  each  option  is  calculated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  for  time-based  vesting  awards  and  a  Monte
Carlo valuation model for market-based vesting awards. The estimated fair value of restricted stock grants is based on the grant date
closing price of the Company’s stock for time-based vesting awards and a Monte Carlo valuation model for market-based vesting
awards.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method of accounting whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities
are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial statement and tax basis of assets
and  liabilities.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  adjusted  for  the  effects  of  changes  in  tax  laws  and  rates  on  the  date  of  the
enactment of such laws. The Company assesses the recoverability of its deferred tax assets and records a valuation allowance when
it is more likely than not some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within income tax expense.

Net Loss Per Common Share

During  fiscal  2018,  the  Company  issued  a  restricted  stock  award  that  meets  the  criteria  of  a  participating  security.
Accordingly,  basic  income  (loss)  per  share  is  computed  using  the  two-class  method  under  which  earnings  are  allocated  to  both
common  shares  and  participating  securities.  Undistributed  net  losses  are  allocated  entirely  to  common  shareholders  since  the
participating security has no contractual obligation to share in the losses. All shares of restricted stock are deducted from weighted-
average number of common shares outstanding – basic. Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur
if  securities  or  other  contracts  to  issue  common  stock  were  exercised  or  converted  into  common  stock  of  the  Company  during
reported periods and is calculated using the treasury method.

A reconciliation of net loss per share calculations and the number of shares used in the calculation of basic net loss per share

and diluted net loss per share is as follows:

For the Years Ended
January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020      February 2, 2019

Numerator:
Net loss
Earnings allocated to participating share awards (a)
Net loss attributable to common shares — Basic and diluted

Denominator:

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — Basic (b)
Dilutive effect of stock options, non-vested shares and warrants (c)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — Diluted

Net loss per common share
Net loss per common share — assuming dilution

$ (13,234,000) $ (56,296,000) $ (22,157,000)
—
$ (13,234,000) $ (56,296,000) $ (22,157,000)

—  

—  

10,745,916

7,462,380

—  

—  

10,745,916

7,462,380

$
$

(1.23) $
(1.23) $

(7.54) $
(7.54) $

6,607,321
—
6,607,321
(3.35)
(3.35)

(a) During fiscal 2018, the Company issued a restricted stock award that is a participating security. For fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and

fiscal 2018, the entire undistributed loss is allocated to common shareholders.

(b) For fiscal 2020, the basic earnings per share computation included 21,000 outstanding fully-paid warrants to purchase shares of

the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.001 per share.

(c) For  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018,  there  were  591,000, 46,000 and  34,000 incremental,  in-the-money,  potentially
dilutive common shares outstanding. The incremental in-the-money potentially dilutive common stock shares are excluded from
the computation of diluted earnings per share, as the effect of their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

52

    
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

GAAP  requires  disclosures  of  fair  value  information  about  financial  instruments  for  which  it  is  practicable  to  estimate  that
value.  In  cases  where  quoted  market  prices  are  not  available,  fair  values  are  based  on  estimates  using  present  value  or  other
valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including discount rate and estimates of
future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and,
in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. GAAP excludes certain financial instruments and all
non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements.

The Company used the following methods and assumptions in estimating its fair values for financial instruments. The carrying
amounts  reported  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  approximate  the  fair  value  for  cash,  short-term  investments,
accounts  receivable,  trade  payables  and  accrued  liabilities,  due  to  the  short  maturities  of  those  instruments.  The  fair  value  of  the
Company’s variable rate PNC Credit Facility, approximates, and is based on, its carrying value due to the variable rate nature of the
financial  instrument.  The  additional  disclosures  regarding  the  Company’s  fair  value  measurements  are  included  in  Note  8  -  "Fair
Value Measurements."

Fair Value Measurements on a Nonrecurring Basis

Assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis relate primarily to the Company’s tangible fixed
assets and finite-lived intangible assets. These assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value only if an impairment is recognized in
the current period. If the Company determines that impairment has occurred, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to fair value
and the difference is recorded as a loss within operating income in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company had no
remeasurements of such assets or liabilities to fair value during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 or fiscal 2018.

Use of Estimates

The preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with GAAP in the  United States  of  America  requires  management  to
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and
liabilities  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  reporting  periods.
These estimates relate primarily to the carrying amounts of accounts receivable and inventories, the realizability of certain long-term
assets and the recorded balances of certain accrued liabilities and reserves. Ultimate results could differ from these estimates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use
Software,  Subtopic  350-40  (ASU  2018-15),  which  aligns  the  requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  in  a
hosting  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract  with  the  requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  to  develop  or
obtain internal-use software. The Company adopted this standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2020 on a prospective basis. The
adoption of ASU 2018-15 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  the  accounting  for  credit  losses  on  financial  instruments,  Topic  326,  Financial
Instruments—Credit Losses (ASU 2016-13). Topic 326 was subsequently amended by ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to
Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments and
ASU  2019-11,  Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses.  Among  other  provisions,  this
guidance introduces a new impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade and other receivables,
held-to-maturity  debt  securities,  loans  and  other  instruments,  entities  will  be  required  to  use  a  forward-looking  “expected  loss”
model that will replace the current “incurred loss” model that will generally result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses.
The Company adopted this guidance during the first quarter of fiscal

53

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

2021 on a prospective basis. The adoption of the ASU 2016-13 and subsequent amendments did not have a material impact on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(3)  Property and Equipment

Property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

Land and improvements
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Transmission and production equipment
Office and warehouse equipment
Computer hardware, software and telephone equipment

Less — Accumulated depreciation

     Estimated      
Useful Life 
(In Years)
—
3-40
5-10
3-15
3-10

January 30,
2021
3,236,000
42,441,000
8,188,000
18,519,000
91,561,000
163,945,000
(121,957,000)
41,988,000

$

$

$

$

February 1,
2020
3,236,000
42,239,000
7,919,000
19,353,000
87,348,000
160,095,000
(112,479,000)
47,616,000

Depreciation expense in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 was $10,662,000, $10,661,000 and $9,999,000.

(4)  Television Distribution Rights

Television distribution rights in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

Television distribution rights
Less accumulated amortization

Television distribution rights, net

$

     January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020
—
—
—

43,655,000
(16,902,000) 
26,753,000

$

$

$

During fiscal 2020, the Company entered into certain affiliation agreements with television service providers for carriage of
the  Company’s  television  programming  over  their  systems,  including  channel  placement  rights.  The  rights  provide  the  Company
with  a  channel  position  on  the  service  provider's  channel  line-up.  The  Company  recorded  television  distribution  rights  of  $43.7
million  during  fiscal  2020,  which  represents  the  present  value  of  payments  for  the  television  distribution  channel  placement.
Television  distribution  rights  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lives  of  the  individual  agreements.  The  remaining
weighted average lives of the television distribution rights was 1.4 years as of January 30, 2021. Amortization expense related to the
television  distribution  rights  was  $16,902,000  for  fiscal  2020  and  is  included  in  depreciation  and  amortization  within  the
consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Estimated  amortization  expense  is  $19,725,000  for  fiscal  2021  and  $7,028,000  for  fiscal
2022. The liability relating to the television distribution rights was $36,530,000 as of January 30, 2021, of which $29,173,000 was
classified as current in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The long-term portion of the obligations is included in other
long  term  liabilities  within  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Interest  expense  related  to  the  television  distribution
rights obligation was $1,443,000 during fiscal 2020.

In addition to the channel placement fees, the Company's affiliation agreements generally provide that it will pay each operator
a  monthly  access  fee,  most  often  based  on  the  number  of  homes  receiving  the  Company's  programming,  and  in  some  cases
marketing support payments. Monthly access fees are expensed as distribution and selling expense within the consolidated statement
of  operations.  See  Note  16  –  “Commitments  and  Contingencies”  for  additional  information  regarding  the  Company’s  cable  and
satellite distribution agreements.

54

    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(5)  Intangible Assets

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

January 30,2021

February 1,2020

Trade Names
Technology
Customer Lists
Vendor Exclusivity

Total finite-lived intangible assets

Finite-lived Intangible Assets

Estimated 
Useful Life 
     (In Years)     
3-15
4
3-5
5

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount
  $ 1,568,000   $

772,000  
339,000  
192,000  
$ 2,871,000   $

Accumulated 
     Amortization     

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

(124,000)  $ 1,568,000   $
(228,000) 
(93,000) 
(67,000) 
(512,000)  $ 2,871,000   $

772,000  
339,000  
192,000  

Accumulated 
     Amortization
(19,000)
(35,000)
(14,000)
(29,000)
(97,000)

The  finite-lived  intangible  assets  are  included  in  other  assets  in  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  and  consist  of  the  J.W.
Hulme  trade  name  and  customer  list;  the  Float  Left  developed  technology,  customer  relationships  and  trade  name;  and  a  vendor
exclusivity agreement. Amortization expense related to the finite-lived intangible assets was $415,000, $1,353,000 and $165,000 for
fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  Estimated  amortization  expense  is  $415,000  for  fiscal  2021,  $410,000  for  fiscal  2022,
$352,000 for fiscal 2023, $156,000 for fiscal 2024 and $105,000 for fiscal 2025.

In November 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of J.W. Hulme Company ("J.W. Hulme"). The intangible assets
acquired through the business combination include the J.W. Hulme trade name and J.W. Hulme customer list valued at $1,480,000
and $86,000 and are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of 15 and three years. See Note 13 - "Business Acquisitions"
for additional information.

In November 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Float Left Interactive, Inc. ("Float Left"). The intangible assets
acquired through the business combination include the Float Left developed technology, the Float Left customer relationships and
the  Float  Left  trade  name  valued  at  $772,000,  $253,000  and  $88,000,  respectively,  and  are  being  amortized  over  their  estimated
useful lives of four, five and 15 years, respectively.

In May 2019, the Company announced the decision to change the name of the Evine network back to ShopHQ, which was the
name of the network in 2014. The remaining carrying amount of the Evine trademark was amortized prospectively over the revised
remaining useful life through August 21, 2019, the date of the network name change.

In May 2019, we entered into a five-year vendor exclusivity agreement with Sterling Time, LLC ("Sterling Time") and Invicta
Watch  Company  of  America,  Inc.  ("IWCA")  in  connection  with  the  closing  under  the  private  placement  securities  purchase
agreement  described  in  Note  10  below.  The  vendor  exclusivity  agreement  grants  the  Company  the  exclusive  right  in  television
shopping to market, promote and sell the products from IWCA. The Company issued five-year warrants to purchase 350,000 shares
of our common stock in connection with and as consideration for primarily entering into a vendor exclusivity agreement with the
Company, which represented an aggregate value of $193,000. The vendor exclusivity agreement is being amortized as cost of sales
over the five-year agreement term. See Note 10 - "Shareholders’ Equity" for additional information.

Sale of Boston Television Station, WWDP and FCC Broadcast License

In August 2017, the Company entered into two agreements with unrelated parties to sell its Boston television station, WWDP,
including the Company’s FCC broadcast license, for an aggregate of $13,500,000. During fiscal 2017, the Company closed on the
asset  purchase  agreement  to  sell  substantially  all  the  assets  primarily  related  to  its  television  broadcast  station,  WWDP(TV),
Norwell,  Massachusetts  (the  “Station”),  which  included  an  intangible  FCC  broadcasting  license  asset.  During  fiscal  2018,  the
Company  received  the  remainder  of  the  sales  price,  which  resulted  from  the  satisfaction  of  the  Station  being  carried  by  certain
designated carriers, and recorded a pre-tax operating gain of $665,000 upon the resolution of this gain contingency.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(6)  Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

Accrued cable access fees
Allowance for sales returns
Accrued salaries, severance and related
Other

$

$

     January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020
18,243,000
5,820,000
5,937,000
10,250,000
40,250,000

11,150,000
5,271,000
4,183,000
8,905,000
29,509,000

$

$

(7)  ShopHQ Private Label Consumer Credit Card Program

The  Company  has  a  private  label  consumer  credit  card  program  (the  "Program").  The  Program  is  made  available  to  all
qualified consumers to finance ShopHQ purchases and provides benefits including instant purchase credits, free or reduced shipping
promotions  throughout  the  year  and  promotional  low-interest  financing  on  qualifying  purchases.  Use  of  the  ShopHQ  credit  card
enhances customer loyalty, reduces total credit card expense and reduces the Company’s overall bad debt exposure since the credit
card issuing  bank bears  the risk  of loss on ShopHQ credit  card transactions  except  those in the Company’s ValuePay installment
payment  program.  In  July  2020,  the  Company  extended  the  Program  through  August  2021  by  entering  into  a  Private  Label
Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement Amendment with Synchrony Financial, the issuing bank for the Program.

(8)  Fair Value Measurements

GAAP utilizes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three
broad  levels.  The  fair  value  hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to  observable  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for
identical assets and liabilities (Level 1 measurement), then priority to quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted
prices  for  identical  or  similar  instruments  in  markets  that  are  not  active  and  model-based  valuation  techniques  for  which  all
significant assumptions are observable in the market (Level 2 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3
measurement).

As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 the Company also had a long-term variable rate PNC Credit Facility (as defined
below), classified as Level 2, with carrying values of $53,380,000 and $68,960,000. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020,
$2,714,000 of the long-term variable rate PNC Credit Facility was classified as current. The fair value of the PNC Credit Facility
approximates,  and is based on its carrying value due to the variable rate  nature of the financial  instrument. The Company has no
Level 3 investments that use significant unobservable inputs.

(9)  Credit Agreements

The Company’s long-term credit facility consists of:

PNC revolving loan due July 27, 2023, principal amount
PNC term loan due July 27, 2023, principal amount

Less unamortized debt issuance costs

PNC term loan due July 27, 2023, carrying amount

Total long-term credit facility

Less current portion of long-term credit facility
Long-term credit facility, excluding current portion

PNC Credit Facility

$

$

     January 30,2021      February 1,2020
53,900,000
15,155,000
(95,000)
15,060,000
68,960,000
(2,714,000)
66,246,000

41,000,000
12,441,000
(61,000)
12,380,000
53,380,000
(2,714,000)
50,666,000

$

$

On February 9, 2012, the Company entered into a credit and security agreement (as amended through February 5, 2021, the

"PNC Credit Facility") with PNC Bank, N.A. ("PNC"), a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., as lender

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

and agent. The PNC Credit Facility, which includes CIBC Bank USA (formerly known as The Private Bank) as part of the facility,
provides a revolving line of credit of $70.0 million and provides for a term loan on which the Company had originally drawn to fund
improvements  at  the  Company’s  distribution  facility  in  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky  and  subsequently  to  pay  down  the  Company’s
previously outstanding GACP Term Loan (as defined below). The PNC Credit Facility also provides an accordion feature that would
allow the Company to expand the size of the revolving line of credit by another $20.0 million at the discretion of the lenders and
upon certain conditions being met. Maximum borrowings and available capacity under the revolving line of credit under the PNC
Credit Facility are equal to the lesser of $70.0 million or a calculated borrowing base comprised of eligible accounts receivable and
eligible inventory.

All borrowings under the PNC Credit Facility mature and are payable on July 27, 2023. Subject to certain conditions, the PNC
Credit Facility also provides for the issuance of letters of credit in an aggregate amount up to $6.0 million which, upon issuance,
would  be  deemed  advances  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility.  The  PNC  Credit  Facility  is  secured  by  a  first  security  interest  in
substantially all of the Company’s personal property, as well as the Company’s real properties located in Eden Prairie, Minnesota
and Bowling Green, Kentucky. Under certain circumstances, the borrowing base may be adjusted if there were to be a significant
deterioration in value of the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory.

The  revolving  line  of  credit  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility  bears  interest  at  either  a  Base  Rate  or  LIBOR  plus  a  margin
consisting of between 2% and 3.5% on Base Rate advances and 3% and 4.5% on LIBOR advances based on the Company’s trailing
twelve-month  reported  leverage  ratio  (as  defined  in  the  PNC  Credit  Facility)  measured  semi-annually  as  demonstrated  in  its
financial statements. The term loan bears interest at either a Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin consisting of between 4% and 5% on
Base  Rate  term  loans  and  5%  to  6%  on  LIBOR  Rate  term  loans  based  on  the  Company’s  leverage  ratio  measured  annually  as
demonstrated in its audited financial statements.

As of January 30, 2021, the Company had borrowings of $41.0 million under its revolving credit facility. Remaining available
capacity under the revolving credit facility as of January 30, 2021 was approximately $12.5 million, which provided liquidity for
working capital and general corporate purposes. The PNC Credit Facility also provides for a term loan on which the Company had
originally drawn to fund an expansion and improvements at the Company’s distribution facility in Bowling Green, Kentucky and
subsequently to partially pay down the Company’s previously outstanding term loan with GACP Finance Co., LLC and reduce its
revolving  line  of  credit  borrowings.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  there  was  approximately  $12.4  million  outstanding  under  the  PNC
Credit Facility term loan of which $2.7 million was classified as current in the accompanying balance sheet.

Principal  borrowings  under  the  term  loan  are  payable  in  monthly  installments  over  an  84-month amortization  period
commencing  on  September  1,  2018  and  are  also  subject  to  mandatory  prepayment  in  certain  circumstances,  including,  but  not
limited  to,  upon  receipt  of  certain  proceeds  from  dispositions  of  collateral.  Borrowings  under  the  term  loan  are  also  subject  to
mandatory prepayment in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of excess cash flow for such fiscal year, with any such payment
not to exceed $2.0 million in any such fiscal year. The PNC Credit Facility is also subject to other mandatory prepayment in certain
circumstances. In addition, if the total PNC Credit Facility is terminated prior to maturity, the Company would be required to pay an
early termination fee of 0.5% if terminated on or before July 27, 2021, and no fee if terminated after July 27, 2021. As of January
30, 2021, the imputed effective interest rate on the PNC term loan was 6.4%.

Interest  expense  recorded  under  the  PNC Credit  Facility  was $3,497,000, $3,758,000  and  $3,499,000 for  fiscal  2020, fiscal

2019 and fiscal 2018.

The PNC Credit Facility contains customary covenants and conditions, including, among other things, maintaining a minimum
of  unrestricted  cash  plus  unused  line  availability  of  $10.0  million  at  all  times  and  limiting  annual  capital  expenditures.  Certain
financial  covenants,  including  minimum  EBITDA  levels  (as  defined  in  the  PNC  Credit  Facility)  and  a  minimum  fixed  charge
coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0, become applicable only if unrestricted cash plus unused line availability falls below $10.8 million. As of
January  30,  2021,  the  Company’s  unrestricted  cash  plus  unused  line  availability  was  $28.0  million  and  the  Company  was  in
compliance with applicable financial covenants of the PNC Credit Facility and expects to be in compliance with applicable financial
covenants over the next twelve months. In addition, the PNC Credit Facility places restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur
additional indebtedness or prepay existing indebtedness, to create liens or other encumbrances, to sell or otherwise dispose of assets,
to merge or consolidate with other entities, and to make certain restricted payments, including payments of dividends to common
shareholders.

57

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Deferred financing costs, net of amortization, relating to the revolving line of credit were $243,000 and $406,000 as of January
30,  2021 and  February  1,  2020  and  are  included  within  other  assets  within  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  These
costs are being expensed as additional interest over the five-year term of the PNC Credit Facility.

Maturities

The aggregate maturities of the Company’s long-term credit facility as of January 30, 2021 are as follows:

PNC Credit Facility

Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023

Cash Requirements

Term loan

$

2,714,000
2,714,000
7,013,000
$ 12,441,000

     Revolving loan     
— $
—  

$

41,000,000
$ 41,000,000

Total
2,714,000
2,714,000
48,013,000
$ 53,441,000

Currently, the Company's principal cash requirements are to fund business operations, which consist primarily of purchasing
inventory  for  resale,  funding  ValuePay  installment  receivables,  funding  the  Company's  basic  operating  expenses,  particularly  the
Company's  contractual  commitments  for  cable  and  satellite  programming  distribution,  and  the  funding  of  necessary  capital
expenditures. The Company closely manages its cash resources and working capital. The Company attempts to manage its inventory
receipts  and  reorders  in  order  to  ensure  its  inventory  investment  levels  remain  commensurate  with  the  Company's  current  sales
trends.  The  Company  also  monitors  the  collection  of  its  credit  card  and  ValuePay  installment  receivables  and  manages  vendor
payment terms in order to more effectively manage the Company's working capital which includes matching cash receipts from the
Company's  customers,  to  the  extent  possible,  with  related  cash  payments  to  the  Company's  vendors.  ValuePay  remains  a  cost-
effective promotional tool for the Company. The Company continues to make strategic use of its ValuePay program in an effort to
increase sales and to respond to similar competitive programs.

The Company experienced a decline in net sales and a decline in its active customer file during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 and
a  corresponding  impact  to  the  Company's  profitability.  The  Company  has  taken  or  is  taking  the  following  steps  to  enhance  its
operations and liquidity position: completed equity public offerings during the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and third quarter of fiscal
2020  in  which  the  Company  received  proceeds  of  $21.2  million  and  $15.8  million,  respectively,  after  deducting  underwriters’
discounts  and  commissions  and  other  offering  costs;  entered  into  a  private  placement  securities  purchase  agreement  in  which  the
Company received gross proceeds of $6.0 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2019; entered into a common stock and warrant
purchase agreement in which the Company received gross proceeds of $4.0 million during the first half of fiscal 2020; implemented
a reduction in overhead costs totaling $22 million in expected annualized savings for the reductions made during fiscal 2019 and an
additional  $16  million  in  expected  annualized  savings  for  the  reductions  made  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  primarily
driven  by  a  reduction  in  the  Company's  work  force;  negotiated  improved  payment  terms  with  the  Company's  inventory  vendors;
reduced  capital  expenditures  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  prior  years;  renegotiating  with  certain  cable  and  satellite  distributors  to
reduce service costs and improve payment terms; and managed the Company's inventory receipts in fiscal 2020 to reduce inventory
on hand.

The Company's ability  to fund operations  and capital  expenditures  in the future will be dependent on its ability  to generate
cash flow from operations, maintain or improve margins, decrease the rate of decline in its sales and to use available funds from its
PNC Credit Facility. The Company's ability to borrow funds is dependent on its ability to maintain an adequate borrowing base and
its  ability  to  meet  its  credit  facility's  covenants  (as  described  above).  The  Company  believes  that  it  is  probable  its  existing  cash
balances,  together  with  the  cost  cutting  measures  described  above  and  its  availability  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility,  will  be
sufficient to fund the Company's normal business operations over the next twelve months from the issuance of this report.

58

    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(10)  Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Effective  July  13,  2020,  the  Company  amended  its  Articles  of  Incorporation  to  increase  the  authorized  number  of  common
shares from 5,000,000 to 20,000,000. As of January 30, 2021, the Company had 10,000,000 shares of capital stock authorized, of
which 400,000 was designated as preferred stock, and had 20,000,000 shares of common stock authorized. As of the same date, no
shares of capital stock or preferred stock were outstanding and 13,019,061 shares of common stock were issued and  outstanding.
The board of directors may establish new classes and series of capital stock by resolution without shareholder approval; however, in
certain circumstances the Company is required to obtain approval under the PNC Credit Facility.

Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized 400,000 Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, during fiscal
2015 as part of the Shareholder Rights Plan. As of January 30, 2021, there were zero shares issued and outstanding. See Note 14 -
"Income Taxes" for additional information.

Dividends

The Company has never declared or paid any dividends with respect to its capital or common stock. The Company is restricted

from paying dividends on its stock by its PNC Credit Facility.

Public Offering

On August 28, 2020, the Company completed a public offering, in which the Company issued and sold 2,760,000 shares of its
common stock at a public offering price of $6.25 per share, including 360,000 shares sold upon the exercise of the underwriter’s
option to purchase additional shares. After underwriter discounts and commissions and other offering costs, net proceeds from the
public offering were approximately $15,833,000.

April 2020 Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement

On April 14, 2020, the Company entered into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement with certain individuals and
entities, pursuant to which the Company sold an aggregate of 1,836,314 shares of the Company's common stock, issued warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 979,190 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $2.66 per share, and fully-paid warrants to
purchase an aggregate 114,698 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $0.001 per share in a private placement, for an
aggregate  cash  purchase  price  of  $4,000,000.  The  initial  closing  occurred  on  April  17,  2020  and  the  Company  received  gross
proceeds  of  $1,500,000.  Additional  closings  occurred  on  May  22,  2020,  June  8,  2020,  June  12,  2020  and  July  11,  2020  and  the
Company received gross proceeds of $2,500,000. The Company incurred approximately $190,000 of issuance costs during the first
half of fiscal 2020. The Warrants are indexed to the Company's publicly traded stock and were classified as equity. The par value of
the shares issued was recorded within common stock, with the remainder of the proceeds, less issuance costs, recorded as additional
paid  in  capital  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  Company  used  the  proceeds  for  general  working  capital
purposes.

The  purchasers  consisted  of  the  following:  Invicta  Media  Investments,  LLC,  Michael  and  Leah  Friedman  and  Hacienda
Jackson  LLC.  Invicta  Media  Investments,  LLC  is  owned  by  Invicta  Watch  Company  of  America,  Inc.  (“IWCA”),  which  is  the
designer  and  manufacturer  of  Invicta-branded  watches  and  watch  accessories,  one  of  the  Company's  largest  and  longest  tenured
brands.  Michael  and  Leah  Friedman  are  owners  and  officers  of  Sterling  Time,  LLC  (“Sterling  Time”),  which  is  the  exclusive
distributor of IWCA’s watches and watch accessories for television home shopping and the Company's long-time vendor. IWCA is
owned by the Company's Vice Chair and director, Eyal Lalo, and Michael Friedman also serves as a director of the Company. A
description  of  the  relationship  between  the  Company,  IWCA  and  Sterling  Time  is  contained  in  Note  19  -  “Related  Party
Transactions.” Further, Invicta Media Investments, LLC and Michael and Leah Friedman comprise a “group” of investors within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that is the Company's largest shareholder.

59

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The warrants have an exercise price per share of $2.66 and are exercisable at any time and from time to time from six months
following  their  issuance  date  until  April  14,  2025.  The  Company  has  included  a  blocker  provision  in  the  purchase  agreement
whereby  no  purchaser  may  be  issued  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  if  the  purchaser  would  own  over  19.999%  of  the
Company's outstanding common stock and, to the extent a purchaser in this offering would own over 19.999% of the Company's
outstanding common stock, that purchaser will receive fully-paid warrants (in contrast to the coverage warrants that will be issued in
this  transaction,  as  described  above)  in  lieu  of  the  shares  that  would  place  such  holder’s  ownership  over  19.999%.  Further,  the
Company included a similar blocker in the warrants (and amended the warrants purchased by the purchasers on May 2, 2019, if any)
whereby no purchaser of the warrants may exercise a warrant if the holder would own over 19.999% of the Company's outstanding
common stock.

During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  the  fully-paid  warrants  were  exercised  for  the  purchase  of  114,698  shares  of  the

Company's common stock.

May 2019 Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement

On  May  2,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  a  private  placement  securities  purchase  agreement  with  certain  accredited
investors pursuant to which the Company: (a) sold, in the aggregate, 800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of
$7.50 per share and (b) issued five-year warrants ("5-year Warrants") to purchase 350,000 shares of the Company’s common stock
at  an  exercise  price  of  $15.00  per  share.  The  5-year  Warrants  are  exercisable  in  whole  or  in  part  from  time  to  time  through  the
expiration date of May 2, 2024. The purchasers included Invicta Media Investments, LLC, Retailing Enterprises, LLC, Michael and
Leah Friedman, Timothy Peterman and certain other private investors. Retailing Enterprises, LLC is a party in which the Company
entered  into  an  agreement  to  liquidate  obsolete  inventory.  Under  the  purchase  agreement,  the  purchasers  agreed  to  customary
standstill  provisions  related  to  the  Company  for  a  period  of  two  years,  as  well  as  to  vote  their  shares  in  favor  of  matters
recommended  by  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  for  shareholder  approval.  In  addition,  the  Company  agreed  in  the  purchase
agreement to appoint Eyal Lalo as vice chair of the Company’s board of directors, Michael Friedman to the Company’s board of
directors and Timothy Peterman as the Company’s chief executive officer.

In connection with the closing under the Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into certain other agreements with IWCA,
Sterling Time and the purchasers, including a five-year vendor exclusivity agreement with Sterling Time and IWCA. The vendor
exclusivity agreement grants the Company the exclusive right in television shopping to market, promote and sell the products from
IWCA.

The Company received gross proceeds of $6.0 million and incurred approximately $175,000 of issuance costs. The Company
allocated the proceeds of the stock offering to the shares of common stock issued. The par value of the shares issued was recorded
within  common  stock,  with  the  remainder  of  the  proceeds,  less  issuance  costs,  recorded  as  additional  paid  in  capital  in  the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company has used the proceeds for general working capital purposes. The 5-year
Warrants were issued primarily as consideration for a five-year vendor exclusivity agreement with IWCA and Sterling Time. The
aggregate  market  value  of  the  5-year  Warrants  on the grant  date  was $193,000, which was recorded  as an  intangible  asset  and is
being amortized as cost of sales over the agreement term. The 5-year Warrants are indexed to the Company’s publicly traded stock
and were classified  as equity.  As a result,  the fair value  of the 5-year  Warrants  was recorded  as an increase  to additional  paid-in
capital.

60

Table of Contents

Warrants

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

As  of  January  30,  2021,  the  Company  had  outstanding  warrants  to  purchase  1,714,120  shares  of  the  Company’s  common
stock, of which 1,714,120 are fully exercisable. The warrants expire approximately five years from the date of grant. The following
table summarizes information regarding warrants outstanding at January 30, 2021:

Grant Date
September 19, 2016
November 10, 2016
January 23, 2017
March 16, 2017
May 2, 2019
April 17, 2020
May 22, 2020
June 8, 2020
June 12, 2020
July 11, 2020

     Warrants      Warrants     Exercise Price    

Outstanding Exercisable
297,616
33,386
48,930
5,000
349,998
367,197
122,398
122,399
122,398
244,798

297,616  
33,386  
48,930  
5,000  
349,998  
367,197
122,398
122,399
122,398
244,798

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

(Per Share)

Expiration Date

29.00   September 19, 2021
30.00   November 10, 2021
17.60  
19.20  
15.00  
2.66
2.66
2.66
2.66
2.66

January 23, 2022
March 16, 2022
May 2, 2024
April 14, 2025
April 14, 2025
April 14, 2025
April 14, 2025
April 14, 2025

On November 27, 2018, the Company issued warrants to Fonda, Inc. for 150,000 shares of its common stock in connection
with  and  as  consideration  for  entering  into  a  services  and  trademark  licensing  agreement  between  the  companies.  The  aggregate
market  value  on  the  date  of  the  award  was  $441,000  and  was  being  amortized  as  cost  of  sales  over  the  three-year  services  and
trademark licensing agreement term. On July 29, 2019, the Company and Fonda, Inc. agreed to terminate the services and trademark
licensing agreement and the warrants for 150,000 shares were forfeited.

Commercial Agreement with Shaquille O’Neal

On  November  18,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  a  commercial  agreement  (“Shaq  Agreement”)  and  restricted  stock  unit
award  agreement  (“RSU  Agreement”)  with  ABG-Shaq,  LLC  (“Shaq”)  pursuant  to  which  certain  products  would  be  sold  bearing
certain intellectual property rights of Shaquille O’Neal on the terms and conditions set forth in the Shaq Agreement. In exchange for
such  services  and  pursuant  to  the  RSU  Agreement,  the  Company  issued  400,000  restricted  stock  units  to  Shaq  that  vest  in  three
separate tranches. The first tranche of 133,333 restricted stock units vested on November 18, 2019, which was the date of grant. The
second tranche of 133,333 restricted stock units will vest February 1, 2021 and the final tranche of 133,334 restricted stock units will
vest  February  1,  2022.  Additionally,  in  connection  with  the  Shaq  Agreement,  the  Company  entered  into  a  registration  rights
agreement with respect to the restricted stock units pursuant to which the Company agreed to register the common stock issuable
upon  settlement  of  the  restricted  stock  units  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  therein.  The  restricted  stock  units  each
settle for one share of the Company’s common stock. The aggregate market value on the date of the award was $2,595,000 and is
being amortized as cost of sales over the three-year commercial term. The estimated fair value is based on the grant date closing
price of the Company’s stock.

Compensation expense relating to the restricted stock unit grant was $865,000 for fiscal 2020. As of January 30, 2020, there
was  $1,730,000  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  the  award.  That  cost  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a
weighted average period of 2.0 years.

Restricted Stock Award

On  November  23,  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  a  restricted  stock  award  agreement  with  Flageoli  Classic  Limited,  LLC
(“FCL”)  granting  FCL  150,000  restricted  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  in  connection  with  and  as  consideration  for
entering into a vendor exclusivity agreement with the Company. The vendor exclusivity agreement grants us the exclusive right in
television shopping to market, promote and sell products under the trademark of Serious Skincare, a skin-care brand that launched
on  the  Company’s  television  network  on  January  3,  2019.  Additionally,  the  agreement  identifies  Jennifer  Flavin-Stallone  as  the
primary spokesperson for the brand on the Company’s television network. The restricted

61

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

shares vested in three tranches. Of the restricted shares granted, 50,000 vested on January 4, 2019, which was the first business day
following the initial appearance of the Serious Skincare brand on the Company’s television network, 50,000 vested on January 4,
2020 and 50,000 vested on January 4, 2021. The aggregate market value on the date of the award was $1,408,000 and was amortized
as cost of sales over the three-year vendor exclusivity agreement term. The estimated fair value of the restricted stock is based on the
grant date closing price of the Company’s stock for time-based vesting awards.

Compensation expense relating to the restricted stock award grant was $697,000, $469,000 and $89,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal
2019 and fiscal 2018. As of January 30, 2021, there was $153,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested
restricted stock unit grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.1 years. The total fair value
of restricted stock vested during fiscal 2020 was $229,000.

A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Company’s  non-vested  restricted  stock  award  activity  as  of  January  30,  2021  and  changes

during the twelve-month period then ended is as follows:

Restricted Stock

Non-vested outstanding, February 1,2020

Granted
Vested

Non-vested outstanding, January 30,2021

Stock Compensation Plans

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

9.39
—
9.39
—

Shares

50,000

(50,000)

$
— $
$
— $

The  Company's  2020  Equity  Incentive  Plan  ("2020  Plan")  provides  for  the  issuance  of  up  to  3,000,000  shares  of  the
Company's  common  stock.  The  2020  Plan  is  administered  by  the  human  resources  and  compensation  committee  of  the  board  of
directors  and  provides  for  awards  for  employees,  directors  and  consultants.  All  employees  and  directors  of  the  Company  and  its
affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Plan. The types of awards that may be granted under the 2020 Plan include
incentive  and  non-qualified  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units,  and  other  stock-based
awards. Stock options may be granted to employees at such exercise prices as the human resources and compensation committee
may determine but not less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of grant (except in the limited
case of "substitute awards" as defined by the 2020 Plan). No stock option may be granted more than 10 years after the effective date
of  the  respective  plan's  inception  or  be  exercisable  more  than  10  years  after  the  date  of  grant.  Except  for  market-based  options,
options granted generally vest over three years in the case of employee stock options and vest immediately on the date of grant in the
case  of  director  options,  and  have  contractual  terms  of  10  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  The  2020  Plan  was  approved  by  the
Company's shareholders at the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on July 13, 2020.

The Company also maintains the 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan ("2011 Plan"). Upon the adoption and approval of the 2020
Plan, the Company ceased making awards under the 2011 Plan. Awards outstanding under the 2011 Plan continue to be subject to
the  terms  of  the  2011  Plan,  but  if  those  awards  subsequently  expire,  are  forfeited  or  cancelled  or  are  settled  in  cash,  the  shares
subject to those awards will become available for awards under the 2020 Plan. Similarly, the Company ceased making awards under
its 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan ("2004 Plan") on June 22, 2014, but outstanding awards under the 2004 Plan remain outstanding in
accordance with its terms.

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Options

Compensation  is  recognized  for  all  stock-based  compensation  arrangements  by  the  Company.  Stock-based  compensation
expense for fiscal  2020, fiscal  2019 and fiscal  2018 related  to stock option awards was $121,000, $681,000 and $1,157,000. The
Company has not recorded any income tax benefit from the exercise of stock options due to the uncertainty of realizing income tax
benefits in the future.

62

    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The  fair  value  of  each  time-based  vesting  option  award  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option
pricing model that uses assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the
Company’s stock. Expected term is calculated using the simplified method taking into consideration the option’s contractual life and
vesting  terms.  The  Company  uses  the  simplified  method  in  estimating  its  expected  option  term  because  it  believes  that  historical
exercise data cannot be accurately relied upon at this time to provide a reasonable basis for estimating an expected term due to the
extreme  volatility  of  its  stock  price  and  the  resulting  unpredictability  of  its  stock  option  exercises.  The  risk-free  interest  rate  for
periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected
dividend yields were not used in the fair value computations as the Company has never declared or paid dividends on its common
stock and currently intends to retain earnings for use in operations.

Expected volatility:
Expected term (in years):
Risk-free interest rate:

     Fiscal 2019      Fiscal 2018
72% - 78%
6 years

75% - 82%
6 years

  1.4% - 2.6% 2.8% - 3.0%

A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Company’s  stock  option  activity  as  of  January  30,  2021  and  changes  during  the  year  then

ended is as follows:

Balance outstanding, February 1, 2020

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited or canceled

Balance outstanding, January 30, 2021
Options exercisable at January 30, 2021

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price

12.44  
—  
—  
12.37  
12.87  
15.00  

2011
Plan
247,000

$
— $
— $
(213,000) $
34,000
$
25,000
$

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price

51.52
—
—
48.92
53.49
53.49

2004
Plan
6,000

$
— $
— $
(3,000) $
3,000
$
3,000
$

The following table summarizes information regarding stock options outstanding at January 30, 2021:

Options Outstanding

Options Vested or Expected to Vest

     Weighted     
Average 

Number of Exercise 

Weighted Remaining 
Average  Contractual  Aggregate
Life 
(Years)

Option Type
2011 Incentive:
2004 Incentive:

Shares
34,000
3,000

Price
$ 12.87  
$ 53.49  

Intrinsic  Number of

Value
$ 8,000  
$ —  

Shares
32,000
3,000

6.1
3.1

     Weighted     
Average 
Weighted
Remaining 
Average  Contractual  Aggregate
Intrinsic 
Life 
Exercise 
Value
(Years)
Price
$ 9,000
$ 13.14  
—
$
$ 53.49  

6.0
3.1

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 was $3.12 and $7.35. The total
intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 was $0, $0 and $26,000. As of January 30, 2021,
total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was $12,000 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average
period of approximately 1.1 years.

Stock Option Tax Benefit

The  exercise  of  certain  stock  options  granted  under  the  Company’s  stock  option  plans  give  rise  to  compensation,  which  is
included  in  the  taxable  income  of  the  applicable  employees  and  deductible  by  the  Company  for  federal  and  state  income  tax
purposes. Such compensation results from increases in the fair market value of the Company’s common stock subsequent to the date
of  grant  of  the  applicable  exercised  stock  options  and  these  increases  are  not  recognized  as  an  expense  for  financial  accounting
purposes, as the options were originally granted at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The
related tax benefits will be recorded if and when realized, and totaled $0, $0 and $7,000 in fiscal 2020,

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  The  Company  has  not  recorded  any  income  tax  benefit  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  in  these
fiscal years, due to the uncertainty of realizing income tax benefits in the future.

Stock-Based Compensation - Restricted Stock Units

Compensation expense relating to restricted stock unit grants was $277,000, $1,031,000 and $1,792,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal
2019 and fiscal 2018. As of January 30, 2021, there was $987,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested
restricted stock unit grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years. The total fair value
of  restricted  stock  units  vested  during  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018  was  $337,000,  $434,000  and  $1,216,000.  The
estimated fair value of restricted stock units is based on the grant date closing price of the Company’s stock for time-based vesting
awards and a Monte Carlo valuation model for market-based vesting awards.

The  Company  has  granted  time-based  restricted  stock  units  to  certain  key  employees  as  part  of  the  Company’s  long-term
incentive program. The restricted stock units generally vest in three equal annual installments beginning one year from the grant date
and are being amortized as compensation expense over the three-year vesting period. The Company has also granted restricted stock
units to non-employee directors as part of the Company’s annual director compensation program. Each restricted stock unit grant
vests or vested on the day immediately preceding the next annual meeting of shareholders following the date of grant. The grants are
amortized as director compensation expense over the twelve-month vesting period.

The Company granted 146,000 performance share units to the Company's Chief Executive Officer as part of the Company's
long-term  incentive  program  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  The  number  of  shares  earned  is  based  on  the  Company's
achievement  of  pre-established  goals  for  liquidity  over  the  measurement  period  from  February  2,  2020 to  January  30, 2021.  Any
earned performance share units will vest on January 28, 2023, so long as the executive's service has been continuous through the
vest date. The number of units that may actually be earned and become eligible to vest pursuant to this award can be between 0%
and 125% of the target number of performance share units. The Company recognizes compensation expense on these performance
share  units  ratably  over  the  requisite  performance  period  of  the  award  to  the  extent  management  views  the  performance  goals  as
probable of attainment.  The grant date fair value of these performance share units is based on the grant date closing price of the
Company's stock.

The Company granted 94,000 and 75,000 market-based restricted stock performance units to executives and key employees as
part  of  the  Company’s  long-term  incentive  program  during  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  No  such  market-based  restricted  stock
performance  units  were  granted  during  fiscal  2020.  The  number  of  restricted  stock  units  earned  is  based  on  the  Company’s  total
shareholder return ("TSR") relative to a group of industry peers over a three-year performance measurement period. Grant date fair
values were determined using a Monte Carlo valuation model based on assumptions as follows:

Total grant date fair value
Total grant date fair value per share
Expected volatility
Weighted average expected life (in years)
Risk-free interest rate

     Fiscal 2019     
$482,000
$5.14
74% - 82%
3 years

  1.7% - 2.3%

Fiscal 2018
$859,000
$10.70 - $13.00
73% - 76%
3 years
2.4% - 2.7%

The  percent  of  the  target  market-based  performance  vested  restricted  stock  unit  award  that  will  be  earned  based  on  the

Company’s TSR relative to the peer group is as follows:

Percentile Rank
< 33%
33%
50%
100%

64

     Percentage of  
Units Vested  

0 %
50 %
100 %
150 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

On May 2, 2019, Timothy A. Peterman was appointed as Chief Executive Officer and entered into an executive employment
agreement. In conjunction with the employment agreement, the Company granted 68,000 market-based restricted stock performance
units to Mr. Peterman. The market-based restricted stock performance units vest in three tranches, each tranche consisting of one-
third of the units subject to the award. Tranche 1 vested on May 2, 2020, the one-year anniversary of the grant date. Tranche 2 will
vest on the date the Company’s average closing stock price for 20 consecutive trading days equals or exceeds $20.00 per share and
the  executive  has  been  continuously  employed  at  least  one  year.  Tranche 3 will  vest  on  the  date  the  Company’s  average  closing
stock price for 20 consecutive trading days equals or exceeds $40.00 per share and the executive has been continuously employed at
least two years. The vesting of the second and third tranches can occur any time on or before May 1, 2029. The total grant date fair
value was estimated to be $220,000 and is being amortized over the derived service periods for each tranche.

Grant  date  fair  values  and  derived  service  periods  for  each  tranche  were  determined  using  a  Monte  Carlo  valuation  model
based  on  assumptions,  which  included  a  weighted  average  risk-free  interest  rate  of  2.5%,  a  weighted  average  expected  life  of
2.9 years and an implied volatility of 80% and were as follows for each tranche:

Tranche 1 (one year)
Tranche 2 ($20.00/share)
Tranche 3 ($40.00/share)

     Fair Value      Derived Service

(Per Share)
3.66  
$
3.19  
$
2.85  
$

Period
1.00 Year
3.27 Years
4.53 Years

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock unit activity as of January 30, 2021 and changes during

the twelve-month period then ended is as follows:

Restricted Stock Units

Market-Based Units

Time-Based Units

     Performance-Based Units     

     Weighted     
Average
Grant Date
     Fair Value     

Shares

     Weighted     
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value      Shares

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
     Fair Value     

Shares

Total
     Weighted
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value

Shares

Non-vested outstanding,
February 1,2020

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Non-vested outstanding,
January 30,2021

129,000

$
— $
— $
(69,000) $

6.49  
—  
—  
9.05  

$
435,000
471,000
$
(103,000) $
(67,000) $

5.96  
2.35  
4.41  
4.22  

— $

146,000
—
—

—
1.69

564,000
617,000

$
$
— (103,000) $
— (136,000) $

60,000

$

3.52  

736,000

$

4.03  

146,000

$

1.69

942,000

$

6.08
2.20
4.41
6.70

3.64

(11)  Business Segments and Sales by Product Group

During fiscal 2019, the Company changed its reportable segments into two reporting segments: “ShopHQ” and “Emerging.” In
light of strategic shifts in the Company’s emerging businesses, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer began reviewing operating
results of the Emerging segment separately from its core business, ShopHQ. The chief operating decision maker is the Company’s
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Interim  Chief  Financial  Officer.  These  segments  reflect  the  way  the  Company’s  chief  operating
decision  maker  evaluates  the  Company’s  business  performance  and  manages  its  operations.  All  of  Company’s  sales  are  made  to
customers residing in the United States.

The Company does not allocate assets between the segments for our internal management purposes, and as such, they are not
presented  here.  There  were  no  significant  inter-segment  sales  or  transfers  during  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  The
Company allocates corporate support costs (such as finance, human resources, warehouse management and legal) to our operating
segments based on their estimated usage and based on how the Company manages the business.

65

    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ShopHQ

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The ShopHQ segment encompasses the Company’s nationally distributed shopping entertainment network. ShopHQ sells and

distributes its products to consumers through its video commerce television, online website and mobile platforms.

Emerging

The Emerging segment consists of the Company’s developing business models. This segment includes the Company’s Media
Commerce  Services,  which  offers  creative  and  interactive  advertising,  OTT  app  services  and  third-party  logistics.  The  Media
Commerce  Services  brands  include  Float  Left  and  third-party  logistics  business  i3PL.  Float  Left  is  a  business  comprised  of
connected  TVs,  video-based  content,  application  development  and  distribution,  including  technical  consulting  services,  software
development  and  maintenance  related  to  video  distribution.  The  Emerging  segment  also  encompasses  the  ShopHQHealth,
ShopBulldogTV, J.W. Hulme, and OurGalleria.com. ShopHQHealth is a health and wellness focused network that offers a robust
assortment  of  products  and  services  dedicated  to  addressing  the  physical,  spiritual  and  mental  health  needs  of  its  customers.
ShopBulldog TV is a niche television shopping network geared towards male consumers. J.W. Hulme is a business specializing in
artisan-crafted  leather  products,  including  handbags  and  luggage.  J.W.  Hulme  products  are  distributed  primarily  through
jwhulme.com,  retails  stores,  and  programming  on  ShopHQ.  OurGalleria.com  is  a  higher-end  online  marketplace  for  discounted
merchandise.

Net Sales by Segment and Significant Product Groups

For the Years Ended

     January 30,      February 1,      February 2,
2020
(in thousands)

2019

2021

ShopHQ

Net merchandise sales by category:

Jewelry & Watches
Home & Consumer Electronics
Beauty & Wellness
Fashion & Accessories
All other (primarily shipping & handling revenue)

Total ShopHQ

Emerging

Consolidated net sales

66

$ 161,999
62,910
  124,222
45,261
42,750
  437,142
17,029
$ 454,171

$ 200,893
  106,025
80,945
65,616
42,628
  496,107
5,715
$ 501,822

$

$

206,021
135,184
102,099
94,295
52,630
590,229
6,408
596,637

 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Performance Measures by Segment

Gross profit
ShopHQ
Emerging

Consolidated gross profit

Operating loss

ShopHQ
Emerging

Consolidated operating loss

Depreciation and amortization

ShopHQ (a)
Emerging

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

For the Years Ended

     January 30,      February 1,      February 2,

2021

2020
(in thousands)

2019

$ 160,190
$
6,863
$ 167,053

$ 162,809
$
828
$ 163,637

$ 205,036
$
1,811
$ 206,847

$

$

$

$

(3,616)
(4,324)
(7,940)

$ (46,956)
(5,569)
$ (52,525)

$ (17,173)
(1,451)
$ (18,624)

27,264
714
27,978

$

$

11,395
619
12,014

$

$

10,065
99
10,164

(a)

Includes distribution facility depreciation of $3,955,000, $3,957,000 and $3,921,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal
2018. Distribution facility depreciation is included as a component of cost of sales within the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations.

(12) Leases

The Company leases certain property and equipment, such as transmission and production equipment, satellite transponder and
office  equipment.  The  Company  also  leases  office  space  used  by  its  Emerging  segment's  Float  Left  and  retail  space  used  by  its
Emerging segment retailer, J.W. Hulme. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leases with an initial
term of 12 months or less are not recorded on accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Right-of-use assets represent the Company's right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent
the  Company's  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  liabilities  and  right-of-use  assets  are
recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company's leases do not
provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date
in determining the present value of lease payments. Some of the Company's leases include options to extend the term, which is only
included in the lease liability and right-of-use assets calculation when it is reasonably certain the Company will exercise that option.
As of January 30, 2021, the lease liability and right-of-use assets did not include any lease extension options.

The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, and has elected to account for these as a single lease

component. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The components of lease expense were as follows:

Operating lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Variable lease cost (a)

(a)

Includes variable costs of finance leases.

67

For the Years Ended

January 30, 2021

February 1, 2020

$

$

972,000
63,000
90,000

1,007,000
153,000
96,000

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

For the years ended January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, finance lease costs included amortization of right-of-use assets of

$76,000 and $73,000 and interest on lease liabilities of $7,000 and $8,000.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows used for operating leases
Operating cash flows used for finance leases
Financing cash flows used for finance leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities:

Operating leases
Finance leases

For the Years Ended

January 30, 2021

February 1, 2020

$

$

1,095,000
7,000
103,000

1,299,000
62,000

950,000
8,000
71,000

318,000
188,000

The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rates related to leases were as follows:

Weighted average remaining lease term:

Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted average discount rate:

Operating leases
Finance leases

     January 30, 2021   February 1, 2020

2.8 years
1.1 years

1.4 years
1.9 years

6.8%
5.7%

5.6%
5.3%

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:

Leases

Assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Finance lease right-of-use assets
Total lease right-of-use assets

Operating lease liabilities

    Classification

    January 30, 2021  February 1, 2020

  Other assets
  Property and equipment, net

$

   $

1,116,000 $
101,000  
1,217,000 $

832,000
143,000
975,000

Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Operating lease liabilities, excluding current portion

Total operating lease liabilities

Current portion of operating lease
liabilities

  Other long term liabilities

Finance lease liabilities
Current portion of finance lease liabilities
Finance lease liabilities, excluding current portion

  Current liabilities: Accrued liabilities
  Other long term liabilities

Total finance lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities

$

462,000 $
646,000  
1,108,000  

704,000
129,000
833,000

86,000  
19,000  
105,000  
1,213,000 $

80,000
66,000
146,000
979,000

   $

68

    
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Future maturities of lease liabilities as of January 30, 2021 are as follows:

Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less imputed interest
Total lease liabilities

$

$

518,000
313,000
250,000
141,000

     Operating Leases      Finance Leases
90,000
18,000
—
—
—
108,000
(3,000)
105,000

1,222,000
(114,000)
1,108,000

—  

$

$

As of January 30, 2021, the Company had executed a $2.7 million operating lease that had not yet commenced. This operating
lease will replace the Company's current satellite transponder agreement, will commence during the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and
have  a  lease  term  through  October  31,  2025.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  the  Company  had  no  finance  leases  that  had  not  yet
commenced.

(13) Business Acquisitions

Float Left Interactive, Inc.

In November 2019, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement and acquired substantially all the assets of Float
Left,  a  business  comprised  of  connected  TVs,  video-based  content,  application  development  and  distribution,  including  technical
consulting services, software development and maintenance related to video distribution. The Company plans to utilize Float Left’s
team  and  technology  platform  to  further  grow  its  content  delivery  capabilities  in  OTT  platforms  while  providing  new  revenue
opportunities.

The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price has been
allocated  to  the  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  assumed  pursuant  to  the  asset  purchase  agreement  based  on  fair  values  at  the
acquisition  date.  The  operating  results  of  Float  Left,  which  were  not  material,  have  been  included  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements  of  the  Company  since  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  supplementary  proforma  information,  assuming  this  acquisition
occurred  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  prior  periods,  and  the  operations  of  Float  Left  for  the  period  from  the  November  26,  2019
acquisition date through the end of fiscal 2019 were immaterial. The Company incurred $78,000 of acquisition-related costs and are
included  in  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the  accompanying  fiscal  2019  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  The
acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred for Float Left was approximately $1,102,000, which consisted of $353,000 of
cash, net of cash acquired, $459,000 of common stock and $290,000 of contingent consideration.

The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  common  stock  issued  as  purchase  consideration,  100,000  shares,  is  based  on  the  issue  date
closing  price  of  the  Company’s  stock.  The  purchase  includes  contingent  consideration  of  up  to  50,000  additional  shares  of  our
common  stock  in  the  event  certain  performance  metrics  are  satisfied  relating  to  the  Float  Left  business  following  closing.  The
estimated fair value of contingent consideration is primarily based on the Float Left’s projected performance for each of the next two
fiscal years following the closing date and the closing price of the Company’s stock.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The following table summarizes our allocation of the Float Left purchase consideration:

Current assets
Identifiable intangible assets acquired:

Developed technology
Customer relationships
Trade names

Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Fair Value

$

139,000

772,000
253,000
88,000
18,000
(168,000)
1,102,000

$

The  fair  value  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  was  determined  using  an  income-based  approach,  which  includes  market
participant expectations of cash flows that an asset will generate over the remaining useful life discounted to present value using an
appropriate rate of return.

J.W. Hulme Company

In November 2019, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement and acquired substantially  all the assets of J.W.
Hulme,  a  business  specializing  in  artisan-crafted  leather  products,  including  handbags  and  luggage.  The  Company  plans  to
accelerate J.W. Hulme’s revenue growth by creating its own programming on ShopHQ. Additionally, the Company plans to utilize
J.W. Hulme to craft private-label accessories for the Company’s existing owned and operated fashion brands.

The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price has been
allocated  to  the  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  assumed  pursuant  to  the  asset  purchase  agreement  based  on  fair  values  at  the
acquisition  date.  The  operating  results  of  J.W.  Hulme,  which  were  not  material,  have  been  included  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements  of  the  Company  since  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  supplementary  proforma  information,  assuming  this  acquisition
occurred  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  prior  periods,  and  the  operations  of  J.W.  Hulme  for  the  period  from  the  November  26,  2019
acquisition date through the end of fiscal 2019 were immaterial. The Company incurred $80,000 of acquisition-related costs and are
included  in  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the  accompanying  fiscal  2019  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  The
acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred for J.W. Hulme was approximately $1,906,000, which consisted of $285,000
of cash, net of cash acquired, a working capital holdback of $225,000 and $1,396,000 of common stock issued. The estimated fair
value  of  the  common  stock  issued  as  purchase  consideration,  291,000  shares,  is  based  on  the  issue  date  closing  price  of  the
Company’s stock.

The following table summarizes our allocation of the J.W. Hulme purchase consideration:

Current assets
Identifiable intangible assets acquired:

Trade names
Existing customer list

Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other long term liabilities

Fair Value

$

904,000

1,480,000
86,000
184,000
(580,000)
(168,000)
1,906,000

$

The  fair  value  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  was  determined  using  an  income-based  approach,  which  includes  market
participant expectations of cash flows that an asset will generate over the remaining useful life discounted to present value using an
appropriate rate of return.

70

    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(14)  Income Taxes

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The  Company  records  deferred  taxes  for  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities, computed in accordance with tax laws in effect at that time. The deferred taxes related to such differences as of January
30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

Accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes
Inventory capitalization
Differences in depreciation lives and methods
Differences in basis of intangible assets
Differences in investments and other items
Net operating loss carryforwards
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax liability

The income tax provision consisted of the following (in thousands):

$

$

     January 30, 2021     February 1, 2020
4,039
1,181
(1,076)
153
2,140
96,894
(103,331)
—

4,227
729
(478)
318
3,817
98,833
(107,446)

— $

$

Current
Deferred

For the Years Ended

$

     January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020      February 2, 2019
(65)
—
(65)

(60)
$
—  
$
(60)

(11)
$
—  
$
(11)

$

A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

Taxes at federal statutory rates
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Provision to return true-up
Non-cash stock option vesting expense
Valuation allowance and NOL carryforward benefits
Other
Effective tax rate

For the Years Ended
    January 30, 2021     February 1, 2020     February 2, 2019 

21.0 %  
13.4
(2.4) 
(1.2) 
(31.2) 
(0.1) 
(0.5)%  

21.0 %  
4.1
(4.0) 
(0.6) 
(20.4) 
(0.1) 

— %  

21.0 %
5.9  
(2.5)
(1.2)
(23.6)
0.1
(0.3)%

Based on the Company’s recent history of losses, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance for its net deferred tax
assets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 in accordance with GAAP, which places primary importance on the Company’s
most recent operating results when assessing the need for a valuation allowance. The ultimate realization of these deferred tax assets
depends on the ability of the Company to generate sufficient taxable income in the future, as well as the timing of such income. The
Company  intends  to  maintain  a  full  valuation  allowance  for  its  net  deferred  tax  assets  until  sufficient  positive  evidence  exists  to
support reversal of the allowance. As of January 30, 2021, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") of
approximately $397 million which are available to offset future taxable income. The Company’s federal NOLs generated prior to
2019 expire in varying amounts each year from 2023 through  2037 in accordance with applicable  federal tax regulations and the
timing  of  when  the  NOLs  were  incurred.  The  Company’s  federal  NOLs  generated  in  2019  and  after  can  be  carried  forward
indefinitely.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company had a change in ownership (as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue
Code)  as  a  result  of  the  issuance  of  common  stock  coupled  with  the  redemption  of  all  the  Series  B  preferred  stock  held  by  GE
Equity. Sections 382 and 383 limit the annual utilization of certain tax attributes, including NOL carryforwards, incurred prior to a
change in ownership. Currently, the limitations imposed by Sections 382 and 383 are not expected to impair the Company’s ability
to fully realize its NOLs; however, the annual usage of NOLs incurred prior to the change in ownership are limited. In addition, if
the Company were to experience another ownership change, as defined by Sections 382

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

and  383,  its  ability  to  utilize  its  NOLs  could  be  further  substantially  limited  and  depending  on  the  severity  of  the  annual  NOL
limitation, the Company could permanently lose its ability to use a significant amount of its accumulated NOLs.

As  of  January  30,  2021,  and  February  1,  2020,  there  were  no  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  uncertain  tax  positions.
Accordingly, a tabular reconciliation from beginning to ending periods is not provided. Further, to date, there have been no interest
or penalties charged or accrued in relation to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company will classify any future interest and penalties
as a component of income tax expense if incurred. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits
will change significantly in the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxation and the taxing authorities of various states. The Company’s tax years
for 2019, 2018, 2017 are currently subject to examination by taxing authorities. With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer
subject to U.S. federal, state, or local examinations by tax authorities for years before 2017.

Shareholder Rights Plan

During  fiscal  2015,  the  Company  adopted  a  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  to  preserve  the  value  of  certain  deferred  tax  benefits,
including those generated by net operating losses. On July 10, 2015, the Company declared a dividend distribution of one purchase
right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock to shareholders of record as of the close of business on
July 23, 2015 and issuable as of that date. On July 13, 2015, the Company entered into a Shareholder Rights Plan (the “Rights Plan”)
with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, with respect to the Rights. Except in certain circumstances set forth in
the  Rights  Plan,  each  Right  entitles  the  holder  to  purchase  from  the  Company  one  one-thousandth  of  a  share  of  Series  A  Junior
Participating  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock,  $0.01 par value,  of the  Company (“Preferred  Stock” and each  one one-thousandth  of a
share of Preferred Stock, a “Unit”) at a price of $90.00 per Unit.

The Rights initially trade together with the common stock and are not exercisable. Subject to certain exceptions specified in
the Rights Plan, the Rights will separate from the common stock and become exercisable following (i) the tenth calendar day after a
public  announcement  or  filing  that  a  person  or  group  has  become  an  “Acquiring  Person,”  which  is  defined  as  a  person  who  has
acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 4.99% or more of the common stock then outstanding, subject to
certain exceptions, or (ii) the tenth calendar day (or such later date as may be determined by the board of directors) after any person
or  group  commences  a  tender  or  exchange  offer,  the  consummation  of  which  would  result  in  a  person  or  group  becoming  an
Acquiring Person. If a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, each Right will entitle its holders (other than such Acquiring
Person)  to  purchase  one  Unit  at  a  price  of  $90.00  per  Unit.  A  Unit  is  intended  to  give  the  shareholder  approximately  the  same
dividend,  voting  and  liquidation  rights  as  would  one  share  of  Common  Stock,  and  should  approximate  the  value  of  one  share  of
Common Stock. At any time after  a person becomes an Acquiring Person, the board of directors may exchange all or part of the
outstanding Rights (other than those held by an Acquiring Person) for shares of common stock at an exchange rate of one share of
common  stock  (and,  in  certain  circumstances,  a  Unit)  for  each  Right.  The  Company  will  promptly  give  public  notice  of  any
exchange (although failure to give notice will not affect the validity of the exchange).

On July 12, 2019, the Company’s shareholders re-approved the Rights Plan at the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders. The
Rights Plan will expire on the close of business on the date of the 2022 annual meeting of shareholders, unless the Rights Plan is re-
approved by shareholders prior to expiration. However, in no event will the Rights Plan expire later than the close of business on
July 13, 2025.

Until the close of business on the tenth calendar day after the day a public announcement or a filing is made indicating that a
person  or  group  has  become  an  Acquiring  Person,  the  Company  may  in  its  sole  and  absolute  discretion  amend  the  Rights  or  the
Rights  Plan  agreement  without  the  approval  of  any  holders  of  the  Rights  or  shares  of  common  stock  in  any  manner,  including
without  limitation,  amendments  that  increase  or  decrease  the  purchase  price  or  redemption  price  or  accelerate  or  extend  the  final
expiration date or the period in which the Rights may be redeemed. The Company may also amend the Rights Plan after the close of
business on the tenth calendar day after the day such public announcement or filing is made to cure ambiguities, to correct defective
or inconsistent provisions, to shorten or lengthen time periods under the Rights Plan or in any other manner that does not adversely
affect the interests of holders of the Rights. No amendment of the Rights Plan may extend its expiration date.

72

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(15) Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information and noncash investing and financing activities were as follows:

     January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020      February 2, 2019

For the Years Ended

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Television distribution rights obtained in exchange for liabilities

Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities:

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable
Common stock issuance costs included in accounts payable
Equipment acquired through finance lease obligations
Fair value of common stock issued as consideration for business acquisitions
Issuance of warrants for intangible assets

$

$

$

$

4,681,000
81,000
43,655,000

288,000
184,000
62,000
—
—

$

$

3,151,000
31,000
—

209,000
—
188,000
1,855,000
193,000

3,098,000
16,000
—

473,000
—
41,000
—
—

(16) Commitments and Contingencies

Cable and Satellite Distribution Agreements

The  Company  has  entered  into  distribution  agreements  with  cable  operators,

 direct-to-home  satellite  providers,
telecommunications companies and broadcast television stations to distribute our television network over their systems. The terms of
the distribution agreements typically range from one to five years. During any fiscal year, certain agreements with cable, satellite or
other  distributors  may  or  have  expired.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  television  operators  or  the  Company  may  cancel  the
agreements prior to their expiration. Additionally, the Company may elect not to renew distribution agreements whose terms result
in  sub-standard  or  negative  contribution  margins.  The  distribution  agreements  generally  provide  that  the  Company  will  pay  each
operator  a  monthly  access  fee  and  in  some  cases  a  marketing  support  payment  based  on  the  number  of  homes  receiving  the
Company’s  programming.  For  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018  the  Company  expensed  approximately  $56,681,000,
$82,330,000  and  $89,066,000  under  these  distribution  agreements  as  a  component  of  distribution  and  selling  expense  in  the
Company’s  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  Additionally  during  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  acquired  television  distribution
rights,  which  are  recorded  as  an  asset  and  a  liability  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Amortization  expense  for  television
distribution  rights  is  included  as  a  component  of  depreciation  and  amortization  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statement  of
operations. See Note 4 - “Television Distribution Rights” for additional information.

Over  the  past  years,  the  Company  has  maintained  its  distribution  footprint  with  the  Company’s  material  cable  and  satellite
distribution  carriers.  Failure  to  maintain  the  cable  agreements  covering  a  material  portion  of  the  Company’s  existing  cable
households on acceptable financial and other terms could adversely affect future growth, revenues and earnings unless the Company
is able to arrange for alternative means of broadly distributing its television programming. Cable operators serving a large majority
of  cable  households  offer  cable  programming  on  a  digital  basis.  The  use  of  digital  compression  technology  provides  cable
companies  with  greater  channel  capacity.  While  greater  channel  capacity  increases  the  opportunity  for  distribution  and,  in  some
cases, reduces access fees paid by us, it also may adversely impact the Company’s ability to compete for television viewers to the
extent  it  results  in  less  desirable  channel  positioning  for  us,  placement  of  the  Company’s  programming  in  separate  programming
tiers, the broadcast of additional competitive channels or viewer fragmentation due to a greater number of programming alternatives.

The  Company  has  entered  into,  and  will  continue  to  enter  into,  distribution  agreements  with  other  television  operators

providing for full- or part-time carriage of the Company’s television shopping programming.

73

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Future cable and satellite distribution cash commitments at January 30, 2021 are as follows:

Fiscal Year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025 and thereafter

Employment Agreements

Amount
$ 41,407,000
12,390,000
—
—
—

On May  2, 2019, the Company entered  into an  executive  employment  agreement  with Mr.  Peterman,  the  Company’s Chief
Executive Officer. Among other things, the employment agreement provides for a two-year initial term, followed by automatic one-
year renewals, an initial base salary of $650,000, annual bonus stipulations, a temporary living expense allowance and participation
in the Company’s executive relocation program. The aggregate commitment for future base compensation related to the agreement
at  January  30,  2021  was  approximately  $163,000.  In  conjunction  with  the  employment  agreement,  the  Company  granted
Mr.  Peterman  an  award  of  68,000  restricted  stock  units  with  an  aggregate  fair  value  of  $220,000.  The  chief  executive  officer’s
employment  agreement  also  provides  for  severance  in  the  event  of  employment  termination  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s
established guidelines regarding severance as described below.

The Company has established guidelines regarding severance for its senior executive officers, whereby if a senior executive
officer’s employment terminates for reasons other than change of control, up to 15 months of the executive’s highest annual rate of
base salary for those serving as Chief Executive Officer or Executive Vice President and up to 12 months of the executive’s highest
annual rate of base salary for those serving as Senior Vice President may become payable. If a Chief Executive Officer or Executive
Vice  President’s  employment  terminates  within  a  one-year  period  commencing  on  the  date  of  a  change  in  control  or  within  six
months preceding the date of a change in control, up to 18 months of the executive’s highest annual rate of base salary, plus 1.5
times  the  target  annual  incentive  bonus  determined  from  such  base  salary,  may  become  payable.  If  a  Senior  Vice  President’s
employment terminates within a one-year period commencing on the date of a change in control or within six months preceding the
date of a change in control, up to 15 months of the executive’s highest annual rate of base salary, plus 1.25 times the target annual
incentive bonus determined from such base salary, may become payable.

Retirement Savings Plan

The Company maintains a qualified 401(k) retirement savings plan covering substantially all employees. The plan allows the
Company’s employees to make voluntary contributions to the plan. Commencing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company
provided  a  contribution  match  of  $0.50  for  every  $1.00  contributed  by  eligible  participants  up  to  a  maximum  of  3%  of  eligible
compensation. Matching contributions were contributed to the plan on a per pay period basis. During fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, the
Company provided a contribution match of $0.50 for every $1.00 contributed by eligible participants up to a maximum of 6% of
eligible compensation. Company plan contributions expense totaled $58,000, $1,135,000 and $1,476,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019
and fiscal 2018, of which $0 was accrued and outstanding at January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019.

(17) Inventory Impairment Write-down

On May 2, 2019, Timothy A. Peterman was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company (See Note 21 - “Executive and
Management Transition Costs”) and implemented a new merchandise strategy to shift airtime and merchandise by increasing higher
contribution margin categories, such as jewelry & watches and beauty & wellness, and decreasing home and fashion & accessories.
This change of strategy resulted in the need to liquidate excess inventory in the fashion & accessories and home product categories
as a result of the reduced airtime being allocated to those categories. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash inventory write-
down of $6,050,000 within cost of sales during the first quarter of fiscal 2019.

74

    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(18)  Litigation

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company is involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, including claims
related to products, product warranties, contracts, employment, intellectual property, consumer protection and regulatory matters. In
the  opinion  of  management,  none  of  the  claims  and  suits,  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  are  reasonably  likely  to  have  a
material adverse effect on the Company’s operations or consolidated financial statements.

(19) Related Party Transactions

Relationship with Sterling Time, Invicta Watch Company of America, and Retailing Enterprises

On May 2, 2019, in accordance with the Purchase Agreement described in Note 10 - "Shareholders’ Equity," the Company’s
Board  of  directors  elected  Michael  Friedman  and  Eyal  Lalo  to  the  board  and  appointed  Mr.  Lalo  as  the  vice  chair  of  the  board.
Mr. Lalo reestablished Invicta, the flagship brand of the Invicta Watch Group and one of the Company’s largest brands, in 1994, and
has  served  as  its  chief  executive  officer  since  its  inception.  Mr.  Friedman  has  served  as  chief  executive  officer  of  Sterling  Time,
which is the exclusive distributor of IWCA’s watches and watch accessories for television home shopping and our long-time vendor,
since 2005. Sterling Time has served as a vendor to the Company for over 20 years. For their service as non-employee members of
the board of directors, Messrs. Friedman and Lalo receive compensation under the Company's non-employee director compensation
policy.

Mr. Lalo is the owner of IWCA, which is the sole owner of Invicta Media Investments, LLC. Mr. Friedman is an owner of
Sterling  Time.  Pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  the  following  companies  invested  as  a  group,  including:  Invicta  Media
Investments,  LLC  purchased  400,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  a  warrant  to  purchase  252,656  shares  of  the
Company’s common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,000, Michael and Leah Friedman purchased 180,000 shares of
the Company’s common stock and a warrant to purchase 84,218 shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate purchase
price of $1,350,000, and Retailing Enterprises, LLC purchased 160,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate
purchase price of $1,200,000, among others.

On April 14, 2020, the Company entered into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement with certain individuals and
entities, pursuant to which the Company sold shares of the Company's common stock and issued warrants to purchase shares of the
Company's common  stock in a private  placement.  Details  of the  common  stock  and warrant purchase  agreement  are  described  in
Note 10 - "Shareholders' Equity." The purchasers consisted of the following: Invicta Media Investments, LLC, Michael and Leah
Friedman and Hacienda Jackson LLC. Invicta Media Investments, LLC purchased 734,394 shares of the Company's common stock
and a warrant to purchase 367,196 shares of the Company's common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000. Michael
and  Leah  Friedman  purchased  727,022  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  and  a  warrant  to  purchase  367,196  shares  of  the
Company's  common  stock  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $1,500,000.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement,  Sterling  Time  has  standard
payment terms with 90-day aging from receipt date for all purchase orders. If the Company's accounts payable balance to Sterling
Time  exceeds  (a)  $3,000,000  in  any  given  week  during  the  Company's  first  three  fiscal  quarters  through  May  31,  2022  or  (b)
$4,000,000 in any given week during the Company's fourth fiscal quarters of fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021, the Company will pay the
accounts  payable  balance  owed  to  Sterling  Time  that  is  above  these  stated  amounts.  Following  May  31,  2022,  the  Company's
payment terms revert back to standard 90-day aging terms as previously described.

On August 28, 2020, Invicta Media Investments, LLC purchased 256,000 shares of the Company's common stock pursuant to

the Company's public equity offering.

Transactions with Sterling Time

The Company purchased products from Sterling Time, an affiliate of Mr. Friedman, in the aggregate amount of $51.0 million,
 $58.7  million  and  $54.8  million  during  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  In  addition,  during  fiscal  2019,  the  Company
subsidized the cost of a promotional cruise for Invicta branded and other vendors’ products. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1,
2020, the Company had a net trade payable balance owed to Sterling Time of $825,000 and $1.6 million.

75

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Transactions with Retailing Enterprises

During fiscal 2019, the Company entered into an agreement, which was subsequently amended, to liquidate obsolete inventory
to  Retailing  Enterprises,  LLC  for  a  total  purchase  price  of  $1.4  million.  The  inventory  is  currently  stored  at  the  Company’s
fulfillment center under a bill and hold arrangement. The terms of the agreement provide for 12 monthly payments. During the third
quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company sold additional inventory to Retailing Enterprises, LLC for a purchase price of $365,000. As of
January  30,  2021  and  February  1,  2020,  the  Company  had  a  net  trade  receivable  balance  owed  from  Retailing  Enterprises  of
$641,000 and $1.2 million. During fiscal 2020, the Company accrued commissions of $263,000 to Retailing Enterprises, LLC for
Company  sales  of  the  Invincible  Guarantee  program.  The  Invincible  Guarantee  program  is  an  Invicta  watch  offer  whereby
customers  receive  credit  on  watch  trade-ins  within  a  five-year  period.  The  program  is  serviced  by  Retailing  Enterprises,  LLC.  In
addition,  the  Company  provided  third  party  logistic  services  and  warehousing  to  Retailing  Enterprises,  LLC,  totaling  $747,000
during fiscal 2020.

Transactions with Famjams Trading

The  Company  purchased  products  from  Famjams  Trading  LLC  ("Famjams  Trading"),  an  affiliate  of  Mr.  Friedman,  in  the
aggregate  amount  of  $48.8  million  and  $2.2  million  during  fiscal  2020  and  fiscal  2019.  In  addition,  the  Company  provided  third
party  logistic  services  and  warehousing  to  Famjams  Trading,  totaling  $59,000  and  $42,000  in  fiscal  2020  and  fiscal  2019.  As  of
January  30,  2021,  the  Company’s  net  trade  payable  balance  with  Famjams  Trading  was  a  debit  balance  of  $4.3  million,  which
primarily  resulted  from  $3.0 million  paid  to Famjams  Trading  for  a  2021 spring  season  advance  to  help finance  the upfront  cash
commitments FamJams would have to make to its vendors in January 2021 to fulfill iMedia’s entire contemplated seasonal purchase
plan.  Famjams  Trading  will  repay  the  $3.0  million  in  funding  over  four  equal  quarterly  installments  during  fiscal  2021.  As  of
February 1, 2020, the Company had a net trade payable balance owed to Famjams Trading of $488,000.

Transactions with TWI Watches

The Company purchased products from TWI Watches LLC ("TWI Watches"), an affiliate of Mr. Friedman, in the aggregate
amount of $789,000, $782,000 and $918,000 during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1,
2020, the Company had a net trade payable balance owed to TWI Watches of $256,000 and $277,000.

Transactions with The Hub Marketing Services, LLC

The Company received marketing services from The Hub Marketing Services, LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Lalo, in the aggregate
amount of $300,000 and $100,000 during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company
had a net trade payable balance owed to The Hub Marketing Services, LLC of $25,000 and $50,000.

Transactions with a Financial Advisor

In  November  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  an  engagement  letter  with  Guggenheim  Securities,  LLC  pursuant  to  which
Guggenheim was engaged to provide certain advisory services to the Company. A relative of Neal Grabell, who was a director of the
Company at that time, was a managing director of Guggenheim Securities. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company
accrued  $1.0  million  in  connection  with  an  amendment  to  the  engagement  letter.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  no  amounts  have  been
paid. Payments will be made in 12 monthly installments commencing in fiscal 2021.

(20) Restructuring Costs

During fiscal 2020, the Company implemented and completed a cost optimization initiative, which eliminated positions across
the Company’s ShopHQ segment, the majority of which were in customer service, order fulfillment and television production. As a
result  of  the  fiscal  2020  cost  optimization  initiative,  the  Company  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $715,000  for  the  year  ended
January 30, 2021, which relate primarily to severance and other incremental costs associated with the consolidation and elimination
of positions  across  the  Company's ShopHQ segment.  These initiatives  were substantially  completed  as of  January  30, 2021, with
related cash payments expected to continue through the second quarter of fiscal 2021.

76

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

During  fiscal  2019,  the  Company  implemented  cost  optimization  initiatives  to  streamline  our  organizational  structure  and
realign  our  cost  base  with  sales  declines.  During  the  second  quarter  of  2019,  the  Company  implemented  and  completed  a  cost
optimization initiative, which reduced and flattened the Company’s organizational structure, closed the New York office, closed the
Los  Angeles  office  and  related  product  development  initiatives,  and  reduced  corporate  overhead  costs.  The  second  quarter  2019
initiative  included  the  elimination  of  11  senior  executive  roles  and  a  20%  reduction  to  the  Company’s  non-variable  workforce.
During the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company completed additional reductions in the Company’s organizational
structure  to  manage  the  Company’s  costs.  As  a  result  of  the  fiscal  2019  cost  optimization  initiatives,  the  Company  recorded
restructuring charges of $9,166,000 for the year ended February 1, 2020, which relate primarily to severance and other incremental
costs associated with the consolidation and elimination of positions across the Company. Both of the Company’s operating segments
were  affected  by  these  actions  including  $8,228,000  related  to  the  ShopHQ  segment  and  $938,000  related  to  the  Emerging
Businesses segment.

The following table summarizes the significant components and activity under the restructuring program for the year ended

January 30, 2021:

Severance
Other incremental costs

     Balance at
February 1,
2020
$ 3,133,000
127,000
$ 3,260,000

Charges
$ 642,000
73,000
$ 715,000

     Balance at
January 30,
2021

Cash Payments
$ (3,733,000) $ 42,000
5,000
$ (3,928,000) $ 47,000

(195,000)

The liability for restructuring accruals is included in current accrued liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance

sheet.

(21) Executive and Management Transition Costs

On May 2, 2019, Robert J. Rosenblatt, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, was terminated from his position as an
officer  and  employee  of  the  Company  and  was  entitled  to  receive  the  payments  set  forth  in  his  employment  agreement.  The
Company recorded charges to income totaling $1,922,000 as a result. Mr. Rosenblatt remained a member of the Company’s board of
directors until October 1, 2019. On May 2, 2019, in accordance with the purchase agreement described in Note 10 – “Shareholders’
Equity,”  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  appointed  Timothy  A.  Peterman  to  serve  as  Chief  Executive  Officer,  effective
immediately, and entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Peterman. In conjunction with these executive changes as well as
other  executive  and  management  terminations  made  during  fiscal  2019,  the  Company  recorded  charges  to  income  totaling
$2,741,000,  which  relate  primarily  to  severance  payments  to  be  made  as  a  result  of  the  executive  officer  and  other  management
terminations  and  other  direct  costs  associated  with  the  Company’s  2019  executive  and  management  transition.  As  of  January  30,
2021, $241,000 was accrued, with the related cash payments expected to continue through the second quarter of fiscal 2021.

On January 1, 2019, the Company entered into a separation and release agreement with its President in connection with her
resignation, effective January 1, 2019. On April 11, 2018, the Company entered into a transition and separation agreement with its
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer/Chief Financial Officer, under which his position terminated on April 16, 2018
and he served as a non-officer employee until June 1, 2018. On April 11, 2018, the Company announced the appointment of a new
Chief Financial Officer, effective as of April 16, 2018. In conjunction with these executive changes as well as other executive and
management  terminations  made  during  fiscal  2018,  the  Company  recorded  charges  to  income  totaling  $2,093,000,  which  relate
primarily to severance payments to be made as a result of the executive officer and other management terminations and other direct
costs associated with the Company’s 2018 executive and management transitions.

(22) Subsequent Events

TheCloseout.com Joint Venture

On February 5, 2021, the Company became a controlling member under a limited liability company agreement for TCO, LLC,

a Delaware LLC newly created to operate a joint venture between the Company and LAKR Ecomm Group LLC

77

    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(“LAKR”).  The  joint  venture  will  operate  TheCloseout.com,  an  online  marketplace  that  was  previously  owned  by  Invicta  Media
Investments and Retailing Enterprises. LAKR is a newly formed company indirectly owned by Invicta Media Investments, LLC and
Retailing Enterprises, LLC. The initial Board of Directors of the joint venture includes Tim Peterman, the Chief Executive Officer
and  a  director  of  the  Company,  Landel  Hobbs,  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  the  Company,  and  Eyal  Lalo,  a  director  of  the
Company.  See  Note  19  –  “Related  Party  Transactions”  for  additional  information  regarding  the  Company’s  relationships  with
Invicta Media Investments, LLC, Retailing Enterprises and Mr. Lalo.

Under  the  limited  liability  company  agreement,  the  Company  will  act  as  the  controlling  member.  Mr.  Peterman  and  Mr.
Hobbs, as the designees of the Company, will lead the Joint Venture, with certain significant corporate actions requiring the consent
of  both  members.  Mr.  Peterman  will  be  the  Chairperson  of  the  joint  venture.  Distributions  of  available  cash  may  be  made  to  the
members at the discretion of the joint venture’s board of managers. In addition, beginning on February 5, 2026 and recurring every
12 months thereafter, the Company will have the right, but not the obligation, to acquire LAKR’s interest in the joint venture at a
value determined based on financial benchmarks set forth in the limited liability company agreement.

In connection  with the entry into the joint venture, the Company contributed  assets in the form of inventory valued at $3.5
million in exchange for a 51% interest in the joint venture, and LAKR contributed assets in the form of inventory and intellectual
property  valued  at  $3.4  million  in  exchange  for  a  49%  interest  in  the  joint  venture.  The  Company  also  entered  into  a  loan  and
security agreement with the joint venture, pursuant to which the joint venture may borrow up to $1,000,000 from the Company on a
revolving  basis  pursuant  to  a  promissory  note  bearing  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  4%,  provided  that  the  floor  of  such  interest  rate  is
4.25%. The promissory note is payable on demand by the Company, may be voluntarily  prepaid at any time, and must be repaid
prior to the joint venture making any distributions, other than advances for tax withholdings, to its members.

Public Equity Offering

On February 22, 2021, the Company completed a public offering, in which the Company issued and sold 3,289,000 shares of
its common stock at a public offering price of $7.00 per share, including 429,000 shares sold upon the exercise of the underwriter’s
option to purchase additional shares. After underwriter discounts and commissions and other offering costs, net proceeds from the
public offering were approximately $21.2 million.

Cristopher & Banks Licensing Agreement

Christopher  &  Banks  is  a  specialty  brand  of  privately  branded  women's  apparel  and  accessories.  The  Christopher  &  Banks
brand was previously owned by Christopher & Banks Corporation, which filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy  Code  in  January  2021.  On  March  1,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  a  licensing  agreement  with  ReStore  Capital,  a
Hilco  Global  company,  whereby  the  Company  will  operate  the  Christopher  &  Banks  business  throughout  all  sales  channels,
including  digital,  television,  catalog,  and  brick  and  mortar  retail,  effective  March  1,  2021.  The  Company  also  purchased  certain
assets  related  to  the  Christopher  &  Banks  eCommerce  business,  including  primarily  inventory,  furniture,  equipment,  and  certain
intangible  assets.  The  Company  plans  to  launch  a  new  weekly  Christopher  &  Banks  television  program  on  its  ShopHQ  network,
which  will  also  promote  the  brand’s  website,  cristopherandbanks.com,  its  only  two  retail  stores  in  Coon  Rapids,  Minnesota,  and
Branson,  Missouri,  and  planned  launch  of  Christopher  &  Banks  Stylists,  an  online  interactive  video  platform  that  customizes
wardrobe outfitting by a Christopher & Banks stylist.  

78

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of January 30, 2021, management conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief
executive officer and interim chief financial officer of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")). Based on this evaluation, the
chief executive officer and interim chief financial officer concluded that, as of that date, our disclosure controls and procedures
were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act
is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s
rules and forms, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange
Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  our  principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers,  as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as
defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  1934.  Our  company’s  internal  control  system  was  designed  to
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations.  Therefore,  even  those  systems
determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2021.
In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the
Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).

Based  on  management’s  evaluation  under  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework (2013),

management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 30, 2021.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have not identified any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth fiscal quarter of fiscal

2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

79

Table of Contents

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Information in response to this item with respect to our executive officers appears below and additional information with
respect to our directors and our audit and other committees is incorporated herein by reference to the sections titled "Proposal 1
— Election of Directors," "Information about our Executive Officers" and, as applicable, "Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports" in
our definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by
this annual report on Form 10 K.

Information about Our Executive Officers

Set forth below are the names, ages and titles of the persons serving as our executive officers.

Name
Timothy A. Peterman
Jean-Guillaume Sabatier

Age
 54
 51

  Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer and Director
  Executive Vice President, Chief Commerce Officer

Position(s) Held

Timothy A. Peterman rejoined our company as Chief Executive Officer in May 2019 and was appointed as Interim Chief
Financial  Officer  in  January  2020  and  as  a  member  of  the  board  in  April  2020.  From  March  2015  through  April  2018,  Mr.
Peterman served as our Chief Financial Officer, and was promoted to Chief Operating Officer / Chief Financial Officer in June
2017.  Mr.  Peterman  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  at  Amerimark
Interactive from April 2018 to May 2019. Prior to March 2015, Mr. Peterman served in various senior roles in leading interactive
media companies including IAC/Interactive Corp (NASDAQ: IAC); Sinclair Broadcast Group (NASDAQ: SBGI), and the E.W
Scripps Company (NASDAQ: SSP).  Mr. Peterman began his career at KPMG in Chicago in 1989, is a CPA and holds a BS in
accounting from the University of Kentucky.

Jean-Guillaume Sabatier rejoined the Company as Executive Vice President, Chief Commerce Officer in May 2019. His
role is focused on operating fundamentals in pricing, merchandising, programming and planning. Most recently from March 2017
until  rejoining  the  Company,  Mr.  Sabatier  served  as  a  planning  and  programming  consultant  in  both  Germany  and  Italy  to
HSE24,  an  omni-channel  retailer.  From  2008  to  2017,  he  served  as  the  Company’s  Senior  Vice  President,  Sales  &  Product
Planning, and from 2007 to 2008 he served as Director, Sales and Product Planning for QVC, Inc. Prior to that time, Mr. Sabatier
held various positions in QVC’s German business unit, including Director, Programming and Planning from 2003 to 2007. He
began his QVC career as a sales and product planner in 1997. Mr. Sabatier holds a BS and MBA from West Chester University in
Pennsylvania.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  applicable  to  all  of  our  directors  and  employees,  including  our
principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting  officer,  controller  and  other  employees  performing
similar functions. A copy of this code of business conduct and ethics is available on our website at investors.imediabrands.com,
under "Governance — Governance Documents — Business Ethics Policy." In addition, we have adopted a code of ethics policy
for  our  senior  financial  management;  this  policy  is  also  available  on  our  website  at  investors.imediabrands.com,  under
"Governance — Governance Documents — Code of Ethics Policy for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers."

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision

of our code of business conduct and ethics by posting such information on our website at the address specified above.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections titled "Director Compensation for
Fiscal 2020," "Executive Compensation" and "Board of Directors and Corporate Governance" in our definitive proxy statement
to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-
K.

80

    
    
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

Information  in  response  to  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  titled  "Security  Ownership  of
Principal Shareholders and Management" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in our definitive proxy statement to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information  in  response  to  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  titled  "Certain  Relationships  and
Transactions"  and  "Board  of  Directors  and  Corporate  Governance"  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  to  be  filed  pursuant  to
Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section titled "Audit Committee Report and
Payment  of  Fees  to  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm"  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  to  be  filed  pursuant  to
Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

81

Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

1. Financial Statements

PART IV

● Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
● Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020
● Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
● Consolidated  Statements  of  Shareholders’  Equity  for  the  Years  Ended  January  30,  2021,  February  1,  2020  and

February 2, 2019

● Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2019, and February 2, 2019
● Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All  schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable,  not  required  or  because  the  required  information  is

included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

82

Table of Contents

3. Exhibits

Exhibit No.
3.1
3.2
3.3

4.1
4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6
4.7
4.8
10.1
10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7
10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13
10.14
10.15

10.16

Description

Fourth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
By-Laws of the Company (as amended through July 16, 2019)
Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Cumulative
Preferred Stock of the Registrant, as filed with the Secretary of State of the
State of Minnesota
Description of Capital Stock
Shareholder Rights Plan, dated as of July 13, 2015, by and between the
Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as rights agent
Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated November 23, 2018, in favor of
Flageoli Classic Limited, LLC
Form of Warrant under Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement,
dated April 14, 2020 by and between iMedia Brands, Inc. and the
Purchasers listed therein (coverage)
Form of Warrant under Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement,
dated April 14, 2020 by and between iMedia Brands, Inc. and the
Purchasers listed therein (fully paid)
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement with vendors
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement with vendors
Form of Warrant, dated May 2, 2019
Amended and Restated 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Employees) under 2004
Omnibus Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Executive Officers) under 2004
Omnibus Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Executive Officers) under 2004
Omnibus Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Directors - Annual Grant) under 2004
Omnibus Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Directors - Other Grants) under 2004
Omnibus Stock Plan
EVINE Live Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended April 23, 2018
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2011 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2011
Omnibus Incentive Plan
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2011
Omnibus Incentive Plan
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2011 Omnibus Stock
Plan
Form of Performance Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2011
Omnibus Incentive Plan
ValueVision Media, Inc. Executives’ Severance Benefit Plan
Evine Live Inc. Executives’ Severance Benefit Plan
Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Officers of the
Registrant
iMedia Brands, Inc. Management Incentive Plan

83

Method of Filing
Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference

Filed herewith
Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

   
   
Table of Contents

10.17
10.18
10.19

10.20

10.21
10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

Description of Director Compensation Program
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2011
Omnibus Incentive Plan
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the 2011
Omnibus Incentive Plan
iMedia Brands, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan
Shareholder Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2016, between EVINE
Live Inc., and NBCUniversal Media, LLC
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 25,
2009, among the Registrant, GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc. and NBC
Universal, Inc.
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of April 29, 2016, among the Registrant, ASF Radio, L.P., and
NBCUniversal Media, LLC
Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated February 9, 2012 among
the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto
as borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as lender and agent
First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated
May 1, 2013, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as
lender and agent
Second Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated
July 30, 2013, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank, National Association, as
agent for the lenders
Third Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated
January 31, 2014, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as
lender and agent
Fourth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated
March 6, 2015, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as
lender and agent for the lenders and certain other lenders
Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement,
dated October 8, 2015, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain
of its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank National
Association, as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Sixth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security
Agreement, dated March 10, 2016, among the Registrant, as the lead
borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC
Bank National Association, as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Seventh Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security
Agreement, dated September 7, 2016, among the Registrant, as the lead
borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC
Bank National Association, as a lender and agent and certain other lenders

84

Incorporated by reference †
Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Table of Contents

10.33

10.34

10.35

10.36

10.37

10.38

10.39

10.40

10.41

10.42

10.43

10.44

10.45

10.46

10.47

10.48

10.49

Eighth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security
Agreement, dated March 21, 2017, among the Registrant, as the lead
borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC
Bank National Association, as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Ninth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security
Agreement, dated September 25, 2017, among the Registrant, as the lead
borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC
Bank National Association, as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Tenth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security
Agreement, dated July 27, 2018, among the Registrant, as the lead
borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC
Bank National Association, as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Eleventh Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security
Agreement, dated November 25, 2019, among the Registrant, as the lead
borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC
Bank National Association, as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Twelfth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security
Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, among the Registrant, as the lead
borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC
Bank National Association, as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Letter agreement, dated July 9, 2015, between the Company and GE Capital
Equity Investments, Inc.
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, including Form of Warrant and
Form of Option, dated September 14, 2016, between the Registrant and the
purchasers referenced therein
Form of Amendment to Option issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase
Agreement, dated September 14, 2016
Form of Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated
September 14, 2016
First Amended and Restated Option, dated March 16, 2017, among the
Registrant and TH Media Partners, LLC
Repurchase Letter Agreement, dated January 30, 2017 between the
Company and NBCUniversal Media, LLC
Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019,
by and between EVINE Live Inc. and the Purchasers listed therein
Vendor Exclusivity Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by and between
EVINE Live Inc. and Sterling Time, LLC
Vendor Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by and between EVINE
Live Inc. and Sterling Time, LLC
Letter Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by Invicta Watch Company of
America, Inc. in favor of EVINE Live Inc.
Merchandise Letter Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by Sterling Time,
LLC in favor of EVINE Live Inc.
Form of Clawback Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019

85

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Filed herewith

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Table of Contents

10.50

10.51

10.52

10.53

10.54

10.55

10.56

10.57

10.58

10.59

10.60

10.61

10.62

21
23
24
31.1
31.2
32

101.INS

101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
Exhibit
104

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by and between EVINE
Live Inc. and Timothy A. Peterman
Performance Share Unit Award Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019,
between EVINE Live, Inc. and Timothy A. Peterman
Board Resignation and Consulting Agreement by and between Robert
Rosenblatt and iMedia Brands, Inc., dated October 1, 2019
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2019,
by and between iMedia Brands, Inc. and ABG-Shaq, LLC
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2019, by and
between iMedia Brands, Inc. and ABG-Shaq, LLC
Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14,
2020, by and between iMedia Brands, Inc. and the Purchasers listed therein
First Amendment, dated as of June 12, 2020, to that certain Common Stock
and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2020, by and
between iMedia Brands, Inc. and the Purchasers listed therein
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2020, by and between
iMedia Brands, Inc. and the Purchasers listed therein
Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, among the
Company, LAKR Ecomm Group LLC and TCO, LLC
Contribution Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, by and between the
Company and TCO, LLC
Shared Services Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, by and between the
Company and TCO, LLC
Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, by and between the
Company and TCO, LLC
Demand Promissory Note, dated February 5, 2021, issued by the Company
to TCO, LLC
Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Powers of Attorney
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer
Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear
in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the
Inline XBRL document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Cover Page Interactive Data File - The cover page interactive data file does
not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded
within the Inline XBRL document

†

     Management compensatory plan/arrangement.

86

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Included with signature pages
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith

Table of Contents

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

87

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section B or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on April 23, 2021.

SIGNATURES

iMedia Brands, Inc.
(Registrant)

By: /s/ TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Interim  Chief  Financial
Officer

Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Timothy Peterman (with full power to act alone), as attorneys and agents for the
undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  any  and  all  amendments  and
exhibits to this annual report on Form 10-K and any and all applications, instruments, and other documents to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to this annual report on Form 10-K or any amendments thereto, with full power
and  authority  to  do  and  perform  any  and  all  acts  and  things  whatsoever  requisite  and  necessary  or  desirable.  Pursuant  to  the
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on April 23, 2021.

Name

Title

/s/  TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman

/s/  LANDEL C. HOBBS

Landel C. Hobbs

/s/  EYAL LALO

Eyal Lalo

/s/  MICHAEL FRIEDMAN

Michael Friedman

/s/  JILL M. KRUEGER

Jill M. Krueger

/s/  LISA A. LETIZIO

Lisa A. Letizio

/s/  DARRYL C. PORTER

Darryl C. Porter

/s/ AARON P. REITKOPF

Aaron P. Reitkopf

Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial
Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer and

Chairman of the Board

Vice Chairman of the Board

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

88

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Exhibit 4.1

The summary of the general terms and provisions of the capital stock of iMedia Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) set forth below does not
purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified by reference to the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
(the “Articles”),  and  By-Laws  of  the  Company  (the  “Bylaws,”  and  together  with  the  Articles,  the  “Charter Documents”),  each  of  which  is
incorporated herein by reference and attached as an exhibit to the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). For additional information, please read the Charter Documents and the applicable provisions of the
Minnesota Business Corporation Act (the “MBCA”).

Capital Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of capital stock, including up to 20,000,000 shares of common stock, par value
of  $0.01  per  share  (the  “Common Stock”),  and  preferred  stock  (the  “Preferred Stock”)  having  a  par  value  as  determined  by  the  Company’s
Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Board is authorized at any time and from time to time, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to
provide for the issuance of preferred stock in one or more classes and/or series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such
series, and to fix by resolution the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of such series and any qualifications, limitations or
restrictions  thereof.  The  Board  has  authorized  a  series  of  400,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock,  par  value  of  $0.01  per  share,  designated  as  the
Series  A  Junior  Participating  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Series  A  Preferred  Stock”).  The  number  of  authorized  shares  of  Series  A
Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased by the Board, but no decrease may reduce the number of Series A Preferred Stock reserved for
issuance below the number of shares thereof then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding
options,  rights  or  warrants  or  upon  the  conversion  of  any  outstanding  securities  issued  by  the  Company  convertible  into  Series  A  Preferred
Stock.

The Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”), along with certain
“Rights to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock” (the “Rights”). On July 10, 2015, a duly authorized committee of
the Board declared a dividend distribution of one Right for each outstanding share of Common Stock to shareholders of record as of the close of
business on July 23, 2015 and issuable as of that date. Except in certain circumstances,  each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase
from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock (each one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock,
a “Unit”) at a price of $90.00 per Unit (the “Purchase Price”). The rights of a holder of a Unit are substantially equivalent to the rights of a
holder of a share of Common Stock. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Shareholder Rights Plan dated as of July 13, 2015
(the “Shareholder  Rights  Plan”),  between  the  Company  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.,  a  national  banking  association,  which  is  incorporated
herein  by  reference  and  attached  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Company’s  most  recent  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  filed  with  the  SEC.  Certain
provisions of the Shareholder Rights Plan could have anti-takeover effects, as described below under “Potential Anti-Takeover Effects.”

Voting Rights

The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of
shareholders, including the election of directors. The Articles do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to the rights,
if any, of the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred

Stock issued by the Company, each director of the Company shall be elected at a meeting of shareholders by the vote of the majority of votes
cast with respect to that director, provided that directors of the Company shall be elected by a plurality of the votes present and entitled to vote
on the election of directors at any such meeting for which the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected. Each share of
Series A Preferred Stock entitles the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company. Voting
rights with respect to certain significant corporate transactions may be impacted as described below under “Potential Anti-Takeover Effects.”
Holders of Common Stock may act by unanimous written consent in lieu of meeting with respect to any action required or permitted to be taken
at a meeting of the shareholders.

Dividend Rights

Subject  to  the  rights  of  the  holders  of  Preferred  Stock  and  any  other  class  or  series  having  a  preference  as  to  dividends  over  the
Common  Stock  then  outstanding,  the  holders  of  the  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  ratably,  to  the  extent  permitted  by  law,  such
dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Articles. Holders of Series
A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly
dividends  payable  in  cash  on  the  first  day  of  March,  June,  September  and  December  in  each  year  (each  such  date,  a  “Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date”)  in  an  amount  per  share  equal  to  the  greater  of  (a)  $10.00  or  (b)  1,000    times  the  aggregate  per  share  amount  of  all  cash
dividends,  and  1,000  times  the  aggregate  per  share  amount  (payable  in  kind)  of  all  non-cash  dividends  or  other  distributions  other  than  a
dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise),
declared  on  the  Common  Stock,  since  the  immediately  preceding  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date,  or,  with  respect  to  the  first  Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. Dividends are cumulative on
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (accrued but unpaid dividends do not bear interest).

Liquidation Rights

Upon  the  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution,  distribution  of  assets  or  winding-up  of  the  Company,  the  holders  of  the
Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any Preferred
Stock, including the Series A Preferred Stock. No distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior to the Series A
Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock have received $10.00 per share, plus an amount equal to
accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and  distributions  thereon,  whether  or  not  declared,  to  the  date  of  such  payment  (the  “Series  A  Liquidation
Preference”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions will be made to the
holders  of  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  unless  the  holders  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  have  received  an  amount  per  share  (the
“Common Adjustment”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference by (ii) 1,000 (as adjusted for events
such  as  stock  splits,  stock  dividends  and  recapitalizations  with  respect  to  the  Common  Stock)  (the  “Adjustment  Number”).  Following  the
payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Series A Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall receive
their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such
Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

No Preemptive Rights

The  Articles  preclude  any  shareholder  of  the  Company  from  having  preemptive  rights.  The  Common  Stock  has  no  sinking  fund,
conversion  or  exchange  rights.  Shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  not  redeemable  but  are  subject  to  conversion  in  the  event  of  certain
significant  corporate  transactions  as  describe  below  under  “Potential  Anti-Takeover  Effects.”  The  absence  of  preemptive  rights  for  both
Common Stock and Preferred Stock could result in a dilution of the interest of investors should additional capital stock be issued.

Restrictions on Amendments to the Articles

The Articles may not be amended in any manner that would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the
Series A Preferred  Stock so as to affect  them adversely  without the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority  or more of the outstanding
shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

Listing

The Common Stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “IMBI.”

Potential Anti-Takeover Effects

The  Charter  Documents  and  the  MBCA  contain  certain  provisions  that  may  discourage  an  unsolicited  takeover  of  the  Company  or
make an unsolicited takeover of the Company more difficult. The following are some of the more significant anti-takeover provisions that are
applicable to the Company:

Automatic Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock

In  the  event  the  Company  enters  into  any  consolidation,  merger,  combination  or  other  transaction  in  which  the  shares  of  Common
Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A
Preferred Stock will at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment set
forth below) equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may
be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights
Declaration  Date  (i)  declare  any  dividend  on  Common  Stock  payable  in  shares  of  Common  Stock,  (ii)  subdivide  the  outstanding  Common
Stock,  or  (iii)  combine  the  outstanding  Common  Stock  into  a  smaller  number  of  shares,  then  in  each  such  case  the  amount  set  forth  in  the
preceding  sentence  with  respect  to  the  exchange  or  change  of  shares  of  Series  A  Junior  Participating  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  shall  be
adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

The Shareholder Rights Plan

The provisions of the Shareholder Rights Plan could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control of the
Company and could discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium over the market price of the Common Stock. The Rights initially trade
together with the Common Stock and are not exercisable. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Shareholder Rights Plan, the Rights will
separate from the common stock and become exercisable following (i) the tenth calendar day after a public announcement or filing that a person
or group has become an “Acquiring Person,” which is defined as a person who has acquired, or obtained the right to

acquire, beneficial ownership of 4.99% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding, subject to certain exceptions, or (ii) the tenth calendar
day (or such later date as may be determined by the Board) after any person or group commences a tender or exchange offer, the consummation
of which would result in a person or group becoming an Acquiring Person. If a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, each Right will
entitle  its  holders  (other  than  such  Acquiring  Person)  to  purchase  one  Unit  at  a  price  of  $90.00  per  Unit.  A  Unit  is  intended  to  give  the
shareholder approximately the same dividend, voting and liquidation rights as would one share of Common Stock, and should approximate the
value  of  one  share  of  Common  Stock.  At  any  time  after  a  person  becomes  an  Acquiring  Person,  the  Board  may  exchange  all  or  part  of  the
outstanding Rights (other than those held by an Acquiring Person) for shares of Common Stock at an exchange rate of one share of Common
Stock (and, in certain circumstances, a Unit) for each Right.

The Rights will expire upon certain events described in the Shareholder Rights Plan, including the close of business on the date of the
third annual meeting of shareholders following the Company’s last annual meeting of shareholders at which the Shareholder Rights Plan was
most  recently  approved  by  shareholders,  unless  the  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  is  re-approved  by  shareholders  at  that  third  annual  meeting  of
shareholders.  However,  in  no  event  will  the  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  expire  later  than  the  close  of  business  on  July  13,  2025.  The  Plan  was
approved by the Company’s shareholders at the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders.

Special  Meetings  of  Shareholders;  Shareholder  Action  by  Unanimous  Written  Consent;  and  Advance  Notice  of  Shareholder  Business
Proposals and Nominations

Section 302A.433 of the MBCA provides that special meetings of the Company’s shareholders may be called by the Company’s chief
executive officer, chief financial officer, two or more directors, or shareholders holding 10% or more of the voting power of all shares entitled
to vote, except that a special meeting demanded by shareholders for the purpose of considering any action to directly or indirectly facilitate or
effect a business combination, including any action to change or otherwise affect the composition of the Board for that purpose, must be called
by 25% or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote. Section 302A.441 of the MBCA also provides that action may be taken by
shareholders without a meeting only by unanimous written consent. The Bylaws provide an advance written notice procedure with respect to
shareholder proposals of business and shareholder nominations of candidates for election as directors. Shareholders at an annual meeting are
able  to consider  only  the  proposals  and  nominations  specified  in the  notice  of  meeting  or  otherwise  brought  before  the  meeting  by or at  the
direction of the Board or by a shareholder that has delivered timely written notice in proper form to the Company’s Secretary of the business to
be brought before the meeting.

Control Share Provision

Section  302A.671  of  the  MBCA  applies,  with  certain  exceptions,  to  any  acquisition  of  the  Company’s  voting  stock  (from  a  person
other than the Company and other than in connection with certain mergers and exchanges to which the Company is a party) resulting in the
acquiring  person  owning  20%  or  more  of  the  Company’s  voting  stock  then  outstanding.  Section  302A.671  requires  approval  of  any  such
acquisitions by both (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, including shares held by the acquiring
person, and (ii) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, excluding all interested shares. In general, shares
acquired in the absence of such approval are denied voting rights and are redeemable at their then fair market value by the Company within 30
days after the acquiring person has failed to give a timely information statement to the Company or the date the shareholders voted not to grant
voting rights to the acquiring person’s shares.

Business Combination Provision

Section  302A.673  of  the  MBCA  generally  prohibits  the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  from  entering  into  any  merger,  share
exchange, sale of material assets or similar transaction with a 10% shareholder within four years following the date the person became a 10%
shareholder, unless either the transaction or the person’s acquisition of shares is approved prior to the person becoming a 10% shareholder by a
committee of all of the disinterested members of the Board.

Takeover Offer; Fair Price

Under Section 302A.675 of the MBCA, an offeror may not acquire shares of a publicly held corporation within two years following
the last purchase of shares pursuant to a takeover offer with respect to that class, including acquisitions made by purchase, exchange, merger,
consolidation, partial or complete liquidation, redemption, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, or any other similar transaction,
unless  (i)  the  acquisition  is  approved  by  a  committee  of  the  board’s  disinterested  directors  before  the  purchase  of  any  shares  by  the  offeror
pursuant  to  the  earlier  takeover  offer,  or  (ii)  shareholders  are  afforded,  at  the  time  of  the  proposed  acquisition,  a  reasonable  opportunity  to
dispose of the shares to the offeror upon substantially equivalent terms as those provided in the earlier takeover offer.

Greenmail Restrictions

Under Section 302A.553 of the MBCA, a corporation is prohibited from buying shares at an above-market price from a greater than
5% shareholder who has held the shares for less than two years unless (i) the purchase is approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote or (ii) the corporation makes an equal or better offer to all shareholders for all other shares of that class or series and any
other class or series into which they may be converted.

Authority of the Board

The Board has the power to issue any or all of the shares of the Company’s capital stock, including the authority to establish one or
more  series  of  Preferred  Stock,  setting  forth  the  designation  of  each  such  series  and  fixing  the  relative  rights  and  preferences  for  each  such
series, without seeking shareholder approval in most instances. In addition, under the Bylaws, the Board has the right to fill vacancies of the
Board (including a vacancy created by an increase in the size of the Board).

TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN

AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This  Twelfth  Amendment  to  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  (the
“Amendment”)  is  made  this  5th  day  of  February,  2021  by  and  among  IMEDIA  BRANDS,  INC. (f/k/a
EVINE LIVE INC.), a Minnesota corporation (“iMedia”); VALUEVISION INTERACTIVE, INC.,
a  Minnesota  corporation;  VVI  FULFILLMENT  CENTER,  INC.,  a  Minnesota  corporation;
VALUEVISION MEDIA ACQUISITIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation; VALUEVISION RETAIL, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, NORWELL TELEVISION, LLC, a Delaware  limited liability company,
PW ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company, FL ACQUISITION COMPANY,
a  Minnesota  corporation,  JWH  ACQUISITION  COMPANY,  a  Minnesota  corporation  and  867  GRAND
AVENUE LLC ,  a  Minnesota  limited  liability  company  (each  a  “Borrower”,  and  collectively
“Borrowers”); the financial institutions which are now or which hereafter become a party thereto as
lenders (the “Lenders”) and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“PNC”), as agent for Lenders (PNC,
in such capacity, the “Agent”).

BACKGROUND

A.

On  February  9,  2012,  Borrowers,  Lenders  and  Agent  entered  into,  inter  alia,  that
certain Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement (as same has been or may be amended,
modified,  renewed,  extended,  replaced  or  substituted  from  time  to  time,  the  “Loan  Agreement”)  to
reflect certain financing arrangements between the parties thereto. The Loan Agreement and all other
documents  executed  in  connection  therewith  to  the  date  hereof  are  collectively  referred  to  as  the
“Existing Financing Agreements.” All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meaning ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement.

B.

The Borrowers  have informed  Agent and Lenders that iMedia intends to form TCO,
LLC as a joint venture with LAKR Ecomm Group, LLC for the purpose of owning and operating the
existing  website,  thecloseout.com,  pursuant  to  which  iMedia  would  (a)  contribute  certain  iMedia
inventory  (that  is  all  considered  ineligible  by  the  Lenders  due  to  the  age  of  such  inventory)  and
having a fair market value of approximately $3,570,000 and (b) provide a line of credit in an amount
not to exceed $1,000,000 to TCO, LLC, in exchange for 51% of the Equity Interests in TCO, LLC
(together with all transactions contemplated by such joint venture, the “Joint Venture Transaction”).

C.

The  Borrowers  have  requested  and  Agent  and  Lenders  have  agreed  to  (i)  consent  to
the Joint Venture Transaction, (ii) waive the requirement to add TCO, LLC as a Borrower to the Loan
Agreement and (iii) amend certain terms and provisions contained in the Loan Agreement, subject to
the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  with  the  foregoing  background  hereinafter  deemed  incorporated  by
reference herein and made part hereof, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, promise and
agree as follows:

1. Consent.

1

(a)

Notwithstanding  anything  contrary  set  forth  in  the  Loan  Agreement  or  any
other Document, Agent and Lenders hereby (i) consent to the Joint Venture Transaction so long as no
Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  exist  at  the  time  of  or  after  giving  effect  to  the  Joint  Venture
Transaction and (ii) waive the requirement to add TCO, LLC as a Borrower to the Loan Agreement.

(b)

The  Borrowers  acknowledge  and  agree  that,  except  as  expressly  set  forth
herein, the execution and delivery of this Amendment shall in no way affect any of the rights, powers
or  remedies  of  Agent  or  any  Lender  under  the  Loan  Agreement  or  any  of  the  Other  Documents,
constitute a modification or waiver of any term or provision thereof, constitute or establish a course
of conduct or dealing among the parties hereto or obligate Agent or any Lender, at any time hereafter,
to consent to any other action or inaction by any Borrower, whether of a similar or different nature.

2.

Amendment. Upon the Effective Date, the Loan Agreement shall be amended

as follows:

(a)

Section 1.2 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following

definitions in their entirety and replacing them as follows:

“Eurodollar Rate” shall mean for any Eurodollar Rate Loan for the then current
Interest  Period  relating  thereto,  the  interest  rate  per  annum  determined  by
Agent by dividing (the resulting quotient rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest 1/100th of 1% per annum) (a) the rate which appears on the Bloomberg
Page BBAM1 (or on such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates
at  which  U.S.  dollar  deposits  are  offered  by  leading  banks  in  the  London
interbank  deposit  market),  or  the  rate  which  is  quoted  by  another  source
selected  by  Agent  as  an  authorized  information  vendor  for  the  purpose  of
displaying rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in
the  London  interbank  deposit  market  (a  “Eurodollar  Alternate  Source”),  at
approximately  11:00  a.m.  (London  time)  two  (2)  Business  Days  prior  to  the
commencement  of  such  Interest  Period  as  the  London  interbank  offered  rate
for U.S. Dollars for an amount comparable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan and
having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such Interest Period (or
(x) if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Page
BBAM1  (or  any  substitute  page)  or  any  Eurodollar  Alternate  Source,  a
comparable  replacement  rate  determined  by  Agent  at  such  time  (which
determination  shall  be  conclusive  absent  manifest  error),  or  (y)  if  the
Eurodollar  Rate  is  unascertainable  as  set  forth  in  Section  3.8.2  hereof,  a
comparable  replacement  rate  determined  in  accordance  with  Section  3.8.2
hereof),  by  (b)  a  number  equal  to  1.00  minus the  Reserve  Percentage;
provided, however,  that  if  the  Eurodollar  Rate  determined  as  provided  above
would be less than 0.25%, such rate shall be deemed to be 0.25% for purposes
of  this Agreement.  The  Eurodollar  Rate  shall  be adjusted  with  respect  to  any
Eurodollar Rate Loan that is outstanding on the effective date of any change in
the Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. Agent shall give

2

reasonably  prompt  notice  to  Borrowing  Agent  of  the  Eurodollar  Rate  as
determined  or  adjusted  in  accordance  herewith,  which  determination  shall  be
conclusive absent manifest error.

“Maximum  Revolving  Advance  Amount”  shall  mean  $70,000,000,  as  such
amount may be increased (to an amount not to exceed $90,000,000) from time
to time in accordance with Section 2.24 hereof.

(b)

Section 1.6 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement after Section 1.5 thereof:

1.6.  Eurodollar  Notification.  Section  3.8.2  of  this  Agreement  provides  a
mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest in the event that the
London  interbank  offered  rate  is  no  longer  available  or  in  certain  other
circumstances.  Agent  does  not  warrant  or  accept  any  responsibility  for  and
shall  not  have  any  liability  with  respect  to,  the  administration,  submission  or
any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in
the  definition  of  "Eurodollar  Rate"  or  with  respect  to  any  alternative  or
successor rate thereto, or replacement rate therefor.

(c)

Section 3.8 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced

as follows:

3.8.1  Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair. In the event that Agent or any Lender
shall have determined that:

reasonable  means  do  not  exist  for  ascertaining  the  Eurodollar  Rate

(a)
applicable pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof for any Interest Period; or

(b)
Dollar deposits in the relevant amount and for the relevant maturity are
not  available  in  the  London  interbank  Eurodollar  market,  with  respect  to  an
outstanding  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  a  proposed  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  or  a
proposed conversion of a Domestic Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Rate Loan; or

(c)
the  making,  maintenance  or  funding  of  any  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  has
been made impracticable or unlawful by compliance by Agent or such Lender
in  good  faith  with  any  Applicable  Law  or  any  interpretation  or  application
thereof by any Governmental Body or with any request or directive of any such
Governmental Body (whether or not having the force of law); or

the  Eurodollar  Rate  will  not  adequately  and  fairly  reflect  the  cost  to
(d)
such Lender of the establishment or maintenance of any Eurodollar Rate Loan,
then Agent shall give Borrowing Agent prompt written or telephonic notice of
such determination. If such notice is given prior to a Benchmark Replacement
Date (as defined below), (i) any such requested Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be
made as a Domestic Rate Loan, unless Borrowing Agent

3

shall notify Agent no later than 1:00 p.m. two (2) Business Days prior to the
date of such proposed borrowing, that its request for such borrowing shall be
cancelled  or  made  as  an  unaffected  type  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  (ii)  any
Domestic  Rate  Loan  or  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  which  was  to  have  been
converted to an affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be continued as or
converted  into  a  Domestic  Rate  Loan,  or,  if  Borrowing  Agent  shall  notify
Agent,  no  later  than  1:00  p.m.  two  (2)  Business  Days  prior  to  the  proposed
conversion, shall be maintained as an unaffected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan,
and  (iii)  any  outstanding  affected  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  shall  be  converted
into a Domestic Rate Loan, or, if Borrowing Agent shall notify Agent, no later
than 1:00 p.m. two (2) Business Days prior to the last Business Day of the then
current Interest Period applicable to such affected Eurodollar Rate Loan, shall
be  converted  into  an  unaffected  type  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  on  the  last
Business  Day  of  the  then  current  Interest  Period  for  such  affected  Eurodollar
Rate Loans (or sooner, if any Lender cannot continue to lawfully maintain such
affected Eurodollar Rate Loan). Until such notice has been withdrawn, Lenders
shall have no obligation to make an affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan or
maintain  outstanding  affected  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  and  no  Borrower  shall
have  the  right  to  convert  a  Domestic  Rate  Loan  or  an  unaffected  type  of
Eurodollar Rate Loan into an affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan.

3.8.2. Benchmark Replacement Setting.

(a)
Benchmark  Replacement.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
herein or in any Other Document (and any agreement executed in connection
with an Interest Rate Hedge shall be deemed not to be an “Other Document”
solely for purposes of this Section 3.8.2), if a Benchmark Transition Event or
an  Early  Opt-in  Election,
 and  its  related  Benchmark
 as  applicable,
Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any
setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is
determined  in  accordance  with  clause  (1)  or  (2)  of  the  definition  of
“Benchmark  Replacement”  for  such  Benchmark  Replacement  Date,  such
Benchmark  Replacement  will  replace  such  Benchmark  for  all  purposes
hereunder  and  under  any  Other  Document  in  respect  of  such  Benchmark
setting  and  subsequent  Benchmark  settings  without  any  amendment  to,  or
further  action  or  consent  of  any  other  party  to,  this  Agreement  or  any  Other
Document  and  (y)  if  a  Benchmark  Replacement  is  determined  in  accordance
with  clause  (3)  of  the  definition  of  “Benchmark  Replacement”  for  such
Benchmark  Replacement  Date,  such  Benchmark  Replacement  will  replace
such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Other Document in
respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time)
on  the  fifth  (5th)  Business  Day  after  the  date  notice  of  such  Benchmark
Replacement  is  provided  to  Lenders  without  any  amendment  to,  or  further
action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any Other Document
so long as Agent has not

4

received,  by  such  time,  written  notice  of  objection  to  such  Benchmark
Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

(b)
Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the
implementation  of  a  Benchmark  Replacement,  Agent  will  have  the  right  to
make  Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes  from  time  to  time  and,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Other Document, any
amendments  implementing  such  Benchmark  Replacement
 Conforming
Changes  will  become  effective  without  any  further  action  or  consent  of  any
other party to this Agreement or any Other Document.

(c)
Notices;  Standards  for  Decisions  and  Determinations.  Agent  will
promptly  notify  Borrowing  Agent  and  Lenders  of  (i)  any  occurrence  of  a
Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-
in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (ii) the
implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any
Benchmark  Replacement
 or
 Conforming  Changes,
reinstatement  of  any  tenor  of  a  Benchmark  pursuant  to  paragraph  (d)  below
and  (v)  the  commencement  or  conclusion  of  any  Benchmark  Unavailability
Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by Agent or,
if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 3.8.2,
including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the
occurrence  or  non-occurrence  of  an  event,  circumstance  or  date  and  any
decision  to  take  or  refrain  from  taking  any  action  or  any  selection,  will  be
conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their
sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or
any  Other  Document,  except,  in  each  case,  as  expressly  required  pursuant  to
this Section 3.8.2.

 the  removal

 (iv)

(d)
Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein or in any Other Document, at any time (including in connection
with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current
Benchmark  is  a  term  rate  (including  Term  SOFR  or  USD  Eurodollar)  and
either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other
information  service  that  publishes  such  rate  from  time  to  time  as  selected  by
Agent  in  its  reasonable  discretion  or  (B)  the  regulatory  supervisor  for  the
administrator  of  such  Benchmark  has  provided  a  public  statement  or
publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or
will  be  no  longer  representative,  then  Agent  may  modify  the  definition  of
“Interest  Period”  for  any  Benchmark  settings  at  or  after  such  time  to  remove
such  unavailable  or  non-representative  tenor  and  (ii)  if  a  tenor  that  was
removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a
screen  or  information  service  for  a  Benchmark  (including  a  Benchmark
Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it
is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark
Replacement), then Agent may modify

5

the  definition  of  “Interest  Period”  for  all  Benchmark  settings  at  or  after  such
time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

(e)
Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon Borrowing Agent’s receipt of
notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, Borrowers
may  revoke  any  request  for  an  Advance  bearing  interest  based  on  USD
Eurodollar,  conversion  to  or  continuation  of  Advances  bearing  interest  based
on USD Eurodollar to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark
Unavailability  Period  and,  failing  that,  Borrowers  will  be  deemed  to  have
converted any such request into a request for an Advance of or conversion to
Advances  bearing  interest  under  the  Alternate  Base  Rate.  During  any
Benchmark  Unavailability  Period  or  at  any  time  that  a  tenor  for  the  then-
current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Alternate
Base  Rate  based  upon  the  then-current  Benchmark  or  such  tenor  for  such
Benchmark,  as  applicable,  will  not  be  used  in  any  determination  of  the
Alternate Base Rate.

(f)
Secondary  Term  SOFR  Conversion.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary herein or in any Other Document and subject to the proviso below in
this  paragraph,  if  a  Term  SOFR  Transition  Event  and  its  related  Benchmark
Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any
setting  of  the  then-current  Benchmark,  then  (i)  the  applicable  Benchmark
Replacement  will  replace  the  then-current  Benchmark  for  all  purposes
hereunder or under any Other Document in respect of such Benchmark setting
(the  “Secondary  Term  SOFR  Conversion  Date”)  and  subsequent  Benchmark
settings, without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other
party  to,  this  Agreement  or  any  Other  Document;  and  (ii)  Advances
outstanding  on  the  Secondary  Term  SOFR  Conversion  Date  bearing  interest
based on the then-current Benchmark shall be deemed to have been converted
to  Advances  bearing  interest  at  the  Benchmark  Replacement  with  a  tenor
approximately  the  same  length  as  the  interest  payment  period  of  the  then-
current  Benchmark;  provided  that,  this  paragraph  (f)  shall  not  be  effective
unless Agent has delivered to Lenders and Borrowers a Term SOFR Notice.

(g)

Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Section 3.8.2:

“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to
the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, (x) if the then current Benchmark is
a term rate or is based on a term rate, any tenor for such Benchmark that is or
may be used for determining  the length  of an Interest  Period  pursuant  to this
Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any
tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest
Period”  pursuant  to  paragraph  (d)  of  Section  3.8.2,  or  (y)  if  the  then  current
Benchmark is not a term rate nor based on a term rate, any payment period for
interest  calculated  with  reference  to  such  Benchmark  pursuant  to  this
Agreement as of such date.

6

“Benchmark” means, initially, USD Eurodollar; provided that if a Benchmark
Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election,
as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with
respect to USD Eurodollar or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark”
means  the  applicable  Benchmark  Replacement  to  the  extent  that  such
Benchmark  Replacement  has  replaced  such  prior  benchmark  rate  pursuant  to
paragraph (a) of Section 3.8.2.

“Benchmark  Replacement” means,  for  any  Available  Tenor,  the  first
alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by Agent for the
applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:

(1)  the  sum  of:  (a)  Term  SOFR  and  (b)  the  related  Benchmark  Replacement
Adjustment;

(2)  the  sum  of:  (a)  Daily  Simple  SOFR  and  (b)  the  related  Benchmark
Replacement Adjustment; or

(3) the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by Agent
and  Borrowers  as  the  replacement  for  the  then-current  Benchmark  for  the
applicable  Corresponding  Tenor  giving  due  consideration  to  (i)  any  selection
or  recommendation  of  a  replacement  benchmark  rate  or  the  mechanism  for
determining  such  a  rate  by  the  Relevant  Governmental  Body  or  (ii)  any
evolving  or  then-prevailing  market  convention  for  determining  a  benchmark
rate  as  a  replacement  for  the  then-current  Benchmark  for  U.S.  dollar-
denominated  syndicated  credit  facilities  at  such  time  and  (b)  the  related
Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

provided  that,  in  the  case  of  clause  (1),  such  Unadjusted  Benchmark
Replacement  is  displayed  on  a  screen  or  other  information  service  that
publishes  such  rate  from  time  to  time  as  selected  by  Agent  in  its  reasonable
discretion;  provided,  further,  that,  with  respect  to  a  Term  SOFR  Transition
Event,  on  the  applicable  Benchmark  Replacement  Date,  the  “Benchmark
Replacement” shall revert to and shall be determined as set forth in clause (1)
of  this  definition.  If  the  Benchmark  Replacement  as  determined  pursuant  to
clause  (1),  (2)  or  (3)  above  would  be  less  than  the  Floor,  the  Benchmark
Replacement  will  be  deemed  to  be  the  Floor  for  the  purposes  of  this
Agreement and the Other Documents.

“Benchmark  Replacement
replacement  of  the  then-current  Benchmark  with  an  Unadjusted  Benchmark
Replacement  for  any  applicable  Available  Tenor  for  any  setting  of  such
Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement:

 Adjustment” means,

 with  respect

 to  any

(1)  for  purposes  of  clauses  (1)  and  (2)  of  the  definition  of  “Benchmark
Replacement,”  the  first  alternative  set  forth  in  the  order  below  that  can  be
determined by Agent:

7

(a)  the  spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such
spread  adjustment,  (which  may  be  a  positive  or  negative  value  or  zero)  as  of
the  Reference  Time  such  Benchmark  Replacement  is  first  set  for  such
Available  Tenor  that  has  been  selected  or  recommended  by  the  Relevant
Governmental  Body  for  the  replacement  of  such  Benchmark  with  the
applicable
 the  applicable
Corresponding Tenor;

 Unadjusted  Benchmark  Replacement

 for

(b) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero)
as  of  the  Reference  Time  such  Benchmark  Replacement  is  first  set  for  such
Available  Tenor  that  would  apply  to  the  fallback  rate  for  a  derivative
transaction  referencing  the  ISDA  Definitions  to  be  effective  upon  an  index
cessation  event
 to  such  Benchmark  for  the  applicable
Corresponding Tenor; and

 with  respect

(2) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,”
the  spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread
adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been
selected  by  Agent  and  Borrowers  for  the  applicable  Corresponding  Tenor
giving  due  consideration  to  (i)  any  selection  or  recommendation  of  a  spread
adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment,
for  the  replacement  of  such  Benchmark  with  the  applicable  Unadjusted
Benchmark  Replacement  by  the  Relevant  Governmental  Body  on  the
applicable  Benchmark  Replacement  Date  or  (ii)  any  evolving  or  then-
prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method
for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of
such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for
U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities;

provided that, (x) in the case of clause (1) above, such adjustment is displayed
on  a  screen  or  other  information  service  that  publishes  such  Benchmark
Replacement  Adjustment  from  time  to  time  as  selected  by  Agent  in  its
reasonable  discretion  and  (y)  if  the  then-current  Benchmark  is  a  term  rate,
more  than  one  tenor  of  such  Benchmark  is  available  as  of  the  applicable
Benchmark  Replacement  Date  and  the  applicable  Unadjusted  Benchmark
Replacement will not be a term rate, the Available Tenor of such Benchmark
for purposes of this definition of “Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” shall
be deemed to be the Available Tenor that has approximately the same length
(disregarding  business  day  adjustments)  as  the  payment  period  for  interest
calculated with reference to such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement.

“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any
Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes
(including changes to the definition of “Base Rate,” the definition of “Business
Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency

8

 the  applicability  of  breakage  provisions,

of  determining  rates  and  making  payments  of  interest,  timing  of  borrowing
requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback
 and  other  technical,
periods,
administrative or operational matters) that Agent decides may be appropriate to
reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and
to  permit  the  administration  thereof  by  Agent  in  a  manner  substantially
consistent  with  market  practice  (or,  if  Agent  decides  that  adoption  of  any
portion  of  such  market  practice  is  not  administratively  feasible  or  if  Agent
determines that no  market practice for the administration  of such Benchmark
Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as Agent decides is
reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement
and the Other Documents).

“Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earliest to occur of the following
events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1)
in  the  case  of  clause  (1)  or  (2)  of  the  definition  of  “Benchmark
Transition  Event,”  the  later  of  (a)  the  date  of  the  public  statement  or
publication  of  information  referenced  therein  and  (b)  the  date  on  which  the
administrator  of  such  Benchmark  (or  the  published  component  used  in  the
calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available
Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(2)
in  the  case  of  clause  (3)  of  the  definition  of  “Benchmark  Transition
Event,”  the  date  determined  by  Agent,  which  date  shall  promptly  follow  the
date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein;

(3)
in the case of a Term SOFR Transition Event, the date that is set forth
in the Term SOFR Notice provided to Lenders and Borrowers pursuant to this
Section  3.8.2,  which  date shall be at least  30 days from the date of the Term
SOFR Notice; or

(4)
in  the  case  of  an  Early  Opt-in  Election,  the  sixth  (6th)  Business  Day
after  the date  notice  of such Early  Opt-in  Election  is provided  to Lenders,  so
long as Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth
(5th)  Business  Day  after  the  date  notice  of  such  Early  Opt-in  Election  is
provided to Lenders, written notice of objection to such Early Opt-in Election
from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  (i)  if  the  event  giving  rise  to  the  Benchmark
Replacement  Date  occurs  on  the same  day  as, but  earlier  than,  the  Reference
Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark  Replacement Date will
be  deemed  to  have  occurred  prior  to  the  Reference  Time  for  such
determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to
have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any

9

Benchmark  upon  the  occurrence  of  the  applicable  event  or  events  set  forth
therein  with  respect  to  all  then-current  Available  Tenors  of  such  Benchmark
(or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

“Benchmark  Transition  Event” means  the occurrence  of one  or more  of the
following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1)
a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the
administrator  of  such  Benchmark  (or  the  published  component  used  in  the
calculation  thereof)  announcing  that  such  administrator  has  ceased  or  will
cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component
thereof),  permanently  or  indefinitely,  provided  that,  at  the  time  of  such
statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue
to  provide  any  Available  Tenor  of  such  Benchmark  (or  such  component
thereof);

(2)
a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  an  Official  Body
having jurisdiction over Agent, the regulatory supervisor for the administrator
of  such  Benchmark  (or  the  published  component  used  in  the  calculation
thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
an  insolvency  official  with  jurisdiction  over  the  administrator  for  such
Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over
the  administrator  for  such  Benchmark  (or  such  component)  or  a  court  or  an
entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for
such  Benchmark  (or  such  component),  which  states  that  the  administrator  of
such  Benchmark  (or  such  component)  has  ceased  or will  cease  to provide  all
Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently
or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there
is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor
of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(3)
a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  the  regulatory
supervisor  for  the  administrator  of  such  Benchmark  (or  the  published
component  used  in  the  calculation  thereof)  or  an  Official  Body  having
jurisdiction  over  Agent  announcing  that  all  Available  Tenors  of  such
Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer representative.

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to
have  occurred  with  respect  to  any  Benchmark  if  a  public  statement  or
publication  of  information  set  forth  above  has  occurred  with  respect  to  each
then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component
used in the calculation thereof).

“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means the period (if any): (x) beginning
at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2)
of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no

10

Benchmark  Replacement  has  replaced  the  then-current  Benchmark  for  all
purposes hereunder and under any Other Document in accordance with Section
3.8.2  and  (y)  ending  at  the  time  that  a  Benchmark  Replacement  has  replaced
the  then-current  Benchmark  for  all  purposes  hereunder  and  under  any  Other
Document in accordance with Section 3.8.2.

“Corresponding  Tenor” with  respect  to  any  Available  Tenor  means,  as
applicable,  either  a  tenor  (including  overnight)  or  an  interest  payment  period
having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment)
as such Available Tenor.

“Daily  Simple  SOFR” means,  for  any  day,  SOFR,  with  the  conventions  for
this  rate  (which  will  include  a  lookback)  being  established  by  Agent  in
accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the
Relevant  Governmental  Body  for  determining  “Daily  Simple  SOFR”  for
business loans; provided, that if Agent decides that any such convention is not
administratively  feasible  for  Agent,  then  Agent  may  establish  another
convention in its reasonable discretion.

“Early  Opt-in  Event” means,  if  the  then-current  Benchmark  is  USD
Eurodollar, the occurrence of:

a notification by Agent to (or the request by Borrowing Agent to Agent
(1)
to notify) each of the other parties hereto that at least five currently outstanding
U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time contain (as a
result of amendment  or as originally  executed)  a SOFR-based  rate (including
SOFR, a term SOFR or any other rate based upon SOFR) as a benchmark rate
(and  such  syndicated  credit  facilities  are  identified  in  such  notice  and  are
publicly available for review), and

the joint election by Agent and Borrowing Agent to trigger a fallback
(2)
from  USD  Eurodollar  and  the  provision  by  Agent  of  written  notice  of  such
election to Lenders.

“Floor” means  the  benchmark  rate  floor,  if  any,  provided  in  this  Agreement
initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment
or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to USD Eurodollar or,
if no floor is specified, zero.

“ISDA  Definitions” means  the  2006  ISDA  Definitions  published  by  the
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto,
as amended or supplemented  from time to time, or any successor definitional
booklet  for  interest  rate  derivatives  published  from  time  to  time  by  the
International  Swaps  and  Derivatives  Association,  Inc.  or  such  successor
thereto.

“Official Body” means the government of the United States of America or any
other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or

11

local,  and  any  agency,  authority,  instrumentality,  regulatory  body,  court,
central  bank  or  other  entity  exercising  executive,  legislative,  judicial,  taxing,
regulatory  or  administrative  powers  or  functions  of  or  pertaining  to
government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union
or  the  European  Central  Bank)  and  any  group  or  body  charged  with  setting
financial  accounting  or  regulatory  capital  rules  or  standards  (including,  the
Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements
or  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  or  any  successor  or  similar
authority to any of the foregoing).

“Reference Time” with  respect  to any  setting  of the  then-current  Benchmark
means (1) if such Benchmark is USD Eurodollar, 11:00 a.m. (London time) on
the  day  that  is  two  London  banking  days  preceding  the  date  of  such  setting,
and  (2)  if  such  Benchmark  is  not  USD  Eurodollar,  the  time  determined  by
Agent in its reasonable discretion.

“Relevant  Governmental  Body” means  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  or  the
Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New  York,  or  a  committee  officially  endorsed  or
convened by the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York, or any successor thereto.

“SOFR” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to
the  secured  overnight  financing  rate  for  such  Business  Day  published  by  the
SOFR  Administrator  on  the  SOFR  Administrator’s  Website  on  the
immediately succeeding Business Day.

“SOFR Administrator” means  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New  York  (or  a
successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

“SOFR  Administrator’s  Website” means  the  website  of  the  Federal  Reserve
Bank of New York, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor
source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR
Administrator  from  time  to  time.  “Term  SOFR”  means,  for  the  applicable
Corresponding Tenor as of the applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking
term  rate  based  on  SOFR  that  has  been  selected  or  recommended  by  the
Relevant Governmental Body.

“Term  SOFR” means,  for  the  applicable  Corresponding  Tenor  as  of  the
applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that
has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

“Term  SOFR  Notice” means  a  notification  by  Agent  to  Lenders  and
Borrowing Agent of the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event.

“Term  SOFR  Transition  Event” means  the  determination  by  Agent  that  (a)
Term  SOFR  has  been  recommended  for  use  by  the  Relevant  Governmental
Body, and is determinable for each Available Tenor, (b) the administration

12

of  Term  SOFR  is  administratively  feasible  for  Agent  and  (c)  a  Benchmark
Transition  Event
 has  previously  occurred  resulting  in  a  Benchmark
Replacement in accordance with Section 3.8.2.

“Unadjusted  Benchmark  Replacement” means  the  applicable  Benchmark
Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

“USD Eurodollar” means the London interbank offered rate for U.S. Dollars.”

(d)

For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  Inventory  purchased  by  iMedia  from  TCO,  LLC
will  be  assigned  a  separate  appraised  category  and  will  not  be  eligible  in  the  borrowing  base  until
such  Inventory  is  appraised  and  a  specific  category  advance  rate  (the  “Initial  Advance  Rate”)  is
determined by Agent in its sole discretion. Once the Initial Advance Rate is determined by Agent in
its sole discretion, such Inventory shall be eligible in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 until Agent
has received an appraisal including no less than six months of sales data for such separate appraised
category.

3.

Representations and Warranties. Each of the Borrowers hereby:

(a)

reaffirms all representations and warranties made to Agent and Lenders under
the  Loan  Agreement  and  all  of  the  other  Existing  Financing  Agreements  and  confirms  that  after
giving effect to any updated schedules all are true and correct in all material respects as of the date
hereof (except to the extent any such representations and warranties specifically relate to a specific
date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects
on and as of such other specific date);

(b)

reaffirms all of the covenants contained in the Loan Agreement, covenants to
abide  thereby  until  all  Advances,  Obligations  and  other  liabilities  of  Borrowers  and  Guarantor  to
Agent  and  Lenders  under  the  Loan  Agreement  of  whatever  nature  and  whenever  incurred,  are
satisfied and/or released by Agent and Lenders;

(c)

represents and warrants that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is

continuing under any of the Existing Financing Agreements;

(d)

represents  and  warrants  that  it  has  the  authority  and  legal  right  to  execute,
deliver  and  carry  out  the  terms  of  this  Amendment,  that  such  actions  were  duly  authorized  by  all
necessary limited liability company or corporate action, as applicable, and that the officers executing
this  Amendment  on  its  behalf  were  similarly  authorized  and  empowered,  and  that  this  Amendment
does  not  contravene  any  provisions  of  its  certificate  of  incorporation  or  formation,  operating
agreement, bylaws, or other formation documents, as applicable, or of any contract or agreement to
which it is a party or by which any of its properties are bound;

(e)

represents and warrants that this Amendment and all assignments, instruments,
documents,  and  agreements  executed  and  delivered  in  connection  herewith,  are  valid,  binding  and
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited
by  any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium  or  similar  laws  affecting  creditors’  rights
generally; and

13

(f)

represents  and  warrants  that  no  assets,  other  than  the  assets  contributed  to
and/or provided  for in connection  with the Joint Venture Transaction,  shall be contributed  to TCO,
LLC without the consent of Agent.

4.

Conditions  Precedent/Effectiveness  Conditions.  This  Amendment  shall  be  effective
upon the occurrence of the following conditions precedent, each in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent (the “Effective Date”):

(a)

Agent’s receipt of this Amendment fully executed by the Borrowers;

(b)

Agent’s receipt, for the benefit of Lenders, of an amendment fee in the amount
of  $25,000,  in  immediately  available  funds,  which  fee  shall  be  fully  earned  as  of  the  date  of  this
Amendment, non-refundable and not subject to pro-ration;

(c)

Agent’s receipt of all documents related to the Joint Venture Transaction, each

of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and

(d)

Agent’s  receipt  of  the  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Collateral  Pledge

Agreement fully executed by the Borrowers;

(e)

Agent’s  receipt  of  such  other  documents  as  Agent  or  counsel  to  Agent  may

reasonably request.

5.

Further Assurances. Each of the Borrowers hereby agrees to take all such actions and
to  execute  and/or  deliver  to  Agent  and  Lenders  all  such  documents,  assignments,  financing
statements and other documents, as Agent and Lenders may reasonably require from time to time, to
effectuate and implement the purposes of this Amendment.

6.

Payment  of  Expenses.  Borrowers  shall  pay  or  reimburse  Agent  and  Lenders  for  its
reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution
of this Amendment and the documents provided for herein or related hereto.

7.

Reaffirmation of Loan Agreement. Except as modified by the terms hereof, all of the
terms  and  conditions  of  the  Loan  Agreement,  as  amended,  and  all  other  of  the  Existing  Financing
Agreements are hereby reaffirmed and shall continue in full force and effect as therein written.

8.

Miscellaneous.

(a)

Third  Party  Rights.  No  rights  are  intended  to  be  created  hereunder  for  the

benefit of any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.

(b)

Headings.  The  headings  of  any  paragraph  of  this  Amendment  are  for

convenience only and shall not be used to interpret any provision hereof.

(c)

Modifications.  No  modification  hereof  or  any  agreement  referred  to  herein
shall  be  binding  or  enforceable  unless  in  writing  and  signed  on  behalf  of  the  party  against  whom
enforcement is sought.

14

(d)

Governing  Law.  This  Amendment  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York  applied  to  contracts  to  be  performed  wholly
within the State of New York.

(e)

Counterparts.  This  Amendment  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of  and  by
different parties hereto on separate counterparts, all of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an
original,  but  all  such  counterparts  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  agreement.  Any  signature
delivered  by  a  party  by  facsimile  transmission  or  PDF  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  original  signature
hereto.

15

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this  Amendment  to  be  executed  and

delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

BORROWERS:

iMEDIA  BRANDS,  INC.  (f/k/a  EVINE  LIVE
INC.)

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

VALUEVISION INTERACTIVE, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

VVI FULFILLMENT CENTER, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

VALUEVISION MEDIA ACQUISITIONS, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

VALUEVISION RETAIL, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

NORWELL TELEVISION, LLC

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

PW ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

FL ACQUISITION COMPANY

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

JWH ACQUISITION COMPANY

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

867 GRAND AVENUE LLC

By:
Its:

JWH Acquisition Company
Sole Member

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

PNC  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  as
Lender and as Agent

By:

/s/ SHERRY WINICK
Sherry Winick, Vice President

Revolving Commitment Percentage:  77.0%
Term Loan Commitment Percentage: 77.0%

CIBC BANK USA f/k/a THE PRIVATEBANK
AND TRUST COMPANY, as Lender

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ RICHARD PIERCE
Richard Pierce
Managing Director

Revolving Commitment Percentage:  23.0%
Term Loan Commitment Percentage: 23.0%

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

All of the Company’s subsidiaries listed below are wholly owned.

Name

State of Incorporation or Organization

Exhibit 21

ValueVision Interactive, Inc.

VVI Fulfillment Center, Inc.

ValueVision Media Acquisitions, Inc.

ValueVision Retail, Inc.

Norwell Television, LLC

PW Acquisition Company, LLC

FL Acquisition Company

JWH Acquisition Company

867 Grand Avenue, LLC

Minnesota

Minnesota

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Minnesota

Minnesota

Minnesota

Minnesota

   
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statement  Nos.  333-239857,  333-217216,  333-214061,  and  333-
203209  on  Form  S-3  and  333-239832,  333-233700,  333-225833,  333-214063,  333-190982,  333-175320,  333-175319,  333-
139597,  333-125183  and  333-81438  on  Form  S-8  of  our  report  dated  April  16,  2021,  relating  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements of iMedia Brands, Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly known as EVINE Live Inc.), appearing  in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K of iMedia Brands, Inc. for the year ended January 30, 2021.

Exhibit 23

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 23, 2021

I, Timothy A. Peterman, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of iMedia Brands, Inc.;

CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 31.1

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report
is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially  affected,  or is reasonably  likely  to materially  affect,  the registrant’s  internal  control over financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the

registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: April 23, 2021

/s/ TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman

Chief Executive Officer & Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) 

I, Timothy A. Peterman, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of iMedia Brands, Inc.;

CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 31.2

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report
is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially  affected,  or is reasonably  likely  to materially  affect,  the registrant’s  internal  control over financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the

registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: April 23, 2021

/s/ TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman

Chief Executive Officer & Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of iMedia Brands, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), for the
fiscal  year  ended  January  30,  2021,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  or  about  the  date  hereof  (the
"Report"), the undersigned officers of the Company certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to their knowledge:

●

●

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained

by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Date: April 23, 2021

/s/ TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman

Chief Executive Officer & Interim Chief Financial Officer